Merged from the latest developing branch.
[MacVim.git] / src / syntax.c
blob42460585054fafaccb344c4655cb4fc7a7e87d11
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
14 #include "vim.h"
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
21 struct hl_group
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
25 /* for normal terminals */
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
30 /* for color terminals */
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
37 /* for when using the GUI */
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
48 #endif
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
51 #endif
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
56 #endif
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
73 #endif
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
102 # endif
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
104 #endif
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
133 * end patterns.
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
156 } synpat_T;
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparency removed */
210 #endif
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
217 } syn_cluster_T;
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
280 typedef struct state_item
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or
283 KEYWORD_IDX */
284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparency removed */
286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
300 * pattern */
301 } stateitem_T;
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
305 but contained groups */
308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
309 * very often.
311 typedef struct
313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
316 if not allowed */
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
321 } syn_opt_arg_T;
324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
357 * after setting current_finished */
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void));
376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state));
382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
437 #else
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
439 #endif
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
457 * window.
459 void
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
461 win_T *wp;
462 linenr_T lnum;
464 synstate_T *p;
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
467 synstate_T *sp, *prev = NULL;
468 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
469 linenr_T first_stored;
470 int dist;
471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
476 * then.
478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
480 invalidate_current_state();
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
484 syn_win = wp;
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
489 syn_stack_alloc();
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
491 return; /* out of memory */
492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
497 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state)
498 && current_lnum < lnum
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
502 if (!current_state_stored)
504 ++current_lnum;
505 (void)store_current_state();
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
511 * current_state and figure it out below.
513 if (current_lnum != lnum)
514 invalidate_current_state();
516 else
517 invalidate_current_state();
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
523 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
529 break;
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
532 last_valid = p;
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
534 last_min_valid = p;
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
543 * re-synchronize.
545 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
550 else
551 first_stored = current_lnum;
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
558 dist = 999999;
559 else
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
561 while (current_lnum < lnum)
563 syn_start_line();
564 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
565 ++current_lnum;
567 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
568 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
569 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
571 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
572 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
573 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
574 if (prev == NULL)
575 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1);
576 if (prev == NULL)
577 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
578 else
579 sp = prev;
580 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum)
581 sp = sp->sst_next;
582 if (sp != NULL
583 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
584 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
586 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
587 prev = sp;
588 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
590 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
591 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
592 prev = sp;
593 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
594 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
595 break;
596 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
597 sp = sp->sst_next;
599 load_current_state(prev);
601 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
602 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
603 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
604 else if (prev == NULL
605 || current_lnum == lnum
606 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
607 prev = store_current_state();
610 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
611 * state will be wrong then. */
612 line_breakcheck();
613 if (got_int)
615 current_lnum = lnum;
616 break;
620 syn_start_line();
624 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
625 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
627 static void
628 clear_syn_state(p)
629 synstate_T *p;
631 int i;
632 garray_T *gap;
634 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
636 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
637 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
638 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
639 ga_clear(gap);
641 else
643 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
644 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
649 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
651 static void
652 clear_current_state()
654 int i;
655 stateitem_T *sip;
657 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
658 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
659 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
660 ga_clear(&current_state);
664 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
666 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
667 * used:
668 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
669 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
670 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
672 static void
673 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
674 win_T *wp;
675 linenr_T start_lnum;
676 synstate_T *last_valid;
678 buf_T *curbuf_save;
679 win_T *curwin_save;
680 pos_T cursor_save;
681 int idx;
682 linenr_T lnum;
683 linenr_T end_lnum;
684 linenr_T break_lnum;
685 int had_sync_point;
686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
687 synpat_T *spp;
688 char_u *line;
689 int found_flags = 0;
690 int found_match_idx = 0;
691 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
692 int found_current_col= 0;
693 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
694 colnr_T prev_current_col;
697 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
699 invalidate_current_state();
702 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
703 * there.
704 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
705 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
706 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
707 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
709 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
710 start_lnum = 1;
711 else
713 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
714 lnum = 1;
715 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
716 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
717 else
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
719 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
720 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
721 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
722 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
723 start_lnum = 1;
724 else
725 start_lnum -= lnum;
727 current_lnum = start_lnum;
730 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
732 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
734 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
735 * use find_start_comment(). */
736 curwin_save = curwin;
737 curwin = wp;
738 curbuf_save = curbuf;
739 curbuf = syn_buf;
742 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
744 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
746 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
747 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
748 break;
750 current_lnum = start_lnum;
752 /* set cursor to start of search */
753 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
754 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
755 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
758 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
759 * defines the comment.
760 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
762 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
764 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
765 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
766 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
768 validate_current_state();
769 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
770 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
771 break;
775 /* restore cursor and buffer */
776 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
777 curwin = curwin_save;
778 curbuf = curbuf_save;
782 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
784 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
786 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
787 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
788 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
789 else
790 break_lnum = 0;
792 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
793 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
794 end_lnum = start_lnum;
795 lnum = start_lnum;
796 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
798 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
799 line_breakcheck();
800 if (got_int)
802 invalidate_current_state();
803 current_lnum = start_lnum;
804 break;
807 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
808 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
810 load_current_state(last_valid);
811 break;
815 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
817 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
818 continue;
821 * Start with nothing on the state stack
823 validate_current_state();
825 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
827 syn_start_line();
828 for (;;)
830 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
832 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
833 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
835 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
837 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
838 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
840 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
841 current_lnum = end_lnum;
842 break;
844 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
846 /* Cannot happen? */
847 found_flags = 0;
848 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
850 else
852 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
853 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
854 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
856 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
857 found_current_col = current_col;
858 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
860 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
861 * match).
863 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
865 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
866 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
867 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
868 break;
870 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
871 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
872 else
873 ++current_col;
875 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
876 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
877 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
878 prev_current_col = current_col;
879 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
880 ++current_col;
881 check_state_ends();
882 current_col = prev_current_col;
884 else
885 break;
890 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
892 if (found_flags)
895 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
896 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
897 * state stack empty.
899 clear_current_state();
900 if (found_match_idx >= 0
901 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
902 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
905 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
906 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
907 * the next line.
908 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
910 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
912 if (current_state.ga_len)
914 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
917 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
918 check_keepend();
920 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
921 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
922 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
923 ++current_lnum;
925 else
926 current_lnum = start_lnum;
928 break;
931 end_lnum = lnum;
932 invalidate_current_state();
935 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
936 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
938 invalidate_current_state();
939 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
943 validate_current_state();
947 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
949 static int
950 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
951 linenr_T lnum;
953 regmmatch_T regmatch;
955 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
957 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
958 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
959 return syn_regexec(&regmatch, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
961 return FALSE;
965 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
967 static void
968 syn_start_line()
970 current_finished = FALSE;
971 current_col = 0;
974 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
975 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
977 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
978 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
980 next_match_idx = -1;
981 ++current_line_id;
985 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
986 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
987 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
989 static void
990 syn_update_ends(startofline)
991 int startofline;
993 stateitem_T *cur_si;
994 int i;
995 int seen_keepend;
997 if (startofline)
999 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
1000 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
1001 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1003 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1004 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1005 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
1006 == SPTYPE_MATCH
1007 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
1009 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
1010 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
1011 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
1012 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
1013 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1019 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
1020 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
1021 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
1022 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
1023 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
1024 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
1025 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
1027 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
1028 if (keepend_level >= 0)
1029 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
1030 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
1031 break;
1033 seen_keepend = FALSE;
1034 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1036 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1037 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
1038 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
1039 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
1041 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
1042 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1044 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
1045 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
1047 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1048 seen_keepend = TRUE;
1051 check_keepend();
1052 check_state_ends();
1055 /****************************************
1056 * Handling of the state stack cache.
1060 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
1062 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
1063 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
1065 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
1066 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
1067 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
1068 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
1069 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
1070 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
1072 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
1073 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
1074 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
1075 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
1076 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
1077 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
1078 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
1079 * the cached entry.
1081 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
1082 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
1083 * start of the line is needed.
1084 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
1085 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
1086 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
1087 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
1088 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
1092 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
1093 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
1095 void
1096 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
1097 buf_T *buf;
1099 synstate_T *p;
1100 win_T *wp;
1102 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1104 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1105 clear_syn_state(p);
1106 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
1107 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
1108 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
1110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1111 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
1112 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
1114 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
1115 foldUpdateAll(wp);
1117 #endif
1121 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
1122 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
1123 * small, reallocate it.
1124 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
1126 static void
1127 syn_stack_alloc()
1129 long len;
1130 synstate_T *to, *from;
1131 synstate_T *sstp;
1133 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1134 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1135 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1136 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1137 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1138 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
1140 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
1141 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1142 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1143 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1144 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1145 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1146 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1148 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1150 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
1151 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
1152 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
1153 && syn_stack_cleanup())
1155 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
1156 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
1159 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
1160 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
1161 return;
1163 to = sstp - 1;
1164 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1166 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
1167 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
1168 from = from->sst_next)
1170 ++to;
1171 *to = *from;
1172 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1175 if (to != sstp - 1)
1177 to->sst_next = NULL;
1178 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
1179 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
1181 else
1183 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
1184 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
1187 /* Create the list of free entries. */
1188 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
1189 while (++to < sstp + len)
1190 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1191 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
1193 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
1194 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
1195 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
1200 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
1201 * b_mod_* fields.
1202 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
1203 * displayed buffer.
1205 void
1206 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
1207 buf_T *buf;
1209 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
1210 linenr_T n;
1212 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
1213 return;
1215 prev = NULL;
1216 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
1218 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
1220 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
1221 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
1223 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
1224 np = p->sst_next;
1225 if (prev == NULL)
1226 buf->b_sst_first = np;
1227 else
1228 prev->sst_next = np;
1229 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
1230 p = np;
1231 continue;
1233 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
1234 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
1235 * again. */
1236 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
1238 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
1239 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
1240 else
1241 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
1243 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
1244 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
1245 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
1247 p->sst_lnum = n;
1249 prev = p;
1250 p = p->sst_next;
1255 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
1256 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
1258 static int
1259 syn_stack_cleanup()
1261 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1262 disptick_T tick;
1263 int above;
1264 int dist;
1265 int retval = FALSE;
1267 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
1268 return retval;
1270 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
1271 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
1272 dist = 999999;
1273 else
1274 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
1277 * Go through the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
1278 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
1279 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
1281 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
1282 above = FALSE;
1283 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1284 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1286 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1288 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
1290 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
1291 tick = p->sst_tick;
1292 above = TRUE;
1294 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
1295 tick = p->sst_tick;
1300 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
1301 * interval of several lines.
1303 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1304 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1306 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1308 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
1309 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
1310 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
1311 p = prev;
1312 retval = TRUE;
1315 return retval;
1319 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
1320 * Move the entry into the free list.
1322 static void
1323 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
1324 buf_T *buf;
1325 synstate_T *p;
1327 clear_syn_state(p);
1328 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1329 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
1330 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
1334 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
1335 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
1337 static synstate_T *
1338 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
1339 linenr_T lnum;
1341 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1343 prev = NULL;
1344 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1346 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
1347 return p;
1348 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
1349 break;
1351 return prev;
1355 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
1356 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
1358 static synstate_T *
1359 store_current_state()
1361 int i;
1362 synstate_T *p;
1363 bufstate_T *bp;
1364 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1365 synstate_T *sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1368 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
1369 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
1371 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1373 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1374 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1375 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1376 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1377 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
1378 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
1379 break;
1381 if (i >= 0)
1383 if (sp != NULL)
1385 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
1386 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
1387 /* it's the first entry */
1388 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
1389 else
1391 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
1392 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1393 if (p->sst_next == sp)
1394 break;
1395 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
1396 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1398 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
1399 sp = NULL;
1402 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
1405 * Add a new entry
1407 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
1408 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1410 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
1411 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
1412 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1414 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
1415 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1416 sp = NULL;
1417 else
1419 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
1420 * list, after *sp */
1421 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1422 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
1423 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
1424 if (sp == NULL)
1426 /* Insert in front of the list */
1427 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1428 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
1430 else
1432 /* insert in list after *sp */
1433 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1434 sp->sst_next = p;
1436 sp = p;
1437 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1438 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
1441 if (sp != NULL)
1443 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
1444 clear_syn_state(sp);
1445 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
1446 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
1448 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
1449 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
1450 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
1451 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
1452 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1453 else
1454 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
1455 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1457 else
1458 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1459 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1461 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
1462 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
1463 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
1465 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
1466 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
1467 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
1468 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
1470 current_state_stored = TRUE;
1471 return sp;
1475 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
1477 static void
1478 load_current_state(from)
1479 synstate_T *from;
1481 int i;
1482 bufstate_T *bp;
1484 clear_current_state();
1485 validate_current_state();
1486 keepend_level = -1;
1487 if (from->sst_stacksize
1488 && ga_grow(&current_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
1490 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1491 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
1492 else
1493 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
1494 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1496 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
1499 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1500 keepend_level = i;
1501 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
1503 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
1504 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
1505 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
1506 else
1507 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
1508 update_si_attr(i);
1510 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
1512 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
1513 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
1514 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
1518 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
1519 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
1521 static int
1522 syn_stack_equal(sp)
1523 synstate_T *sp;
1525 int i, j;
1526 bufstate_T *bp;
1527 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
1529 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
1530 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
1531 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
1533 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
1534 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1535 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1536 else
1537 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1539 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
1541 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
1542 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
1543 break;
1544 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
1546 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
1547 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
1548 * references are equal. */
1549 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
1550 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
1551 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
1552 * different. */
1553 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
1554 break;
1555 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
1557 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
1558 * equal. */
1559 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
1561 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
1562 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
1563 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
1564 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
1565 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
1566 break;
1567 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
1568 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
1569 six->matches[j]) != 0
1570 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
1571 break;
1574 if (j != NSUBEXP)
1575 break;
1578 if (i < 0)
1579 return TRUE;
1581 return FALSE;
1585 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
1586 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
1587 * the last parsed line.
1588 * The window looks like this:
1589 * line which changed
1590 * displayed line
1591 * displayed line
1592 * lnum -> line below window
1594 void
1595 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
1596 linenr_T lnum;
1598 synstate_T *sp;
1600 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1601 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
1602 sp = sp->sst_next;
1604 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
1605 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
1609 * End of handling of the state stack.
1610 ****************************************/
1612 static void
1613 invalidate_current_state()
1615 clear_current_state();
1616 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
1617 current_next_list = NULL;
1618 keepend_level = -1;
1621 static void
1622 validate_current_state()
1624 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
1625 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
1629 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
1630 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
1631 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
1634 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
1635 linenr_T lnum;
1637 int retval = TRUE;
1638 synstate_T *sp;
1641 * Check the state stack when:
1642 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
1643 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
1644 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
1645 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
1647 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
1649 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1650 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
1653 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
1654 * drawn)
1656 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
1659 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
1660 * the line.
1662 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
1663 retval = FALSE;
1666 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
1668 ++current_lnum;
1669 (void)store_current_state();
1673 return retval;
1677 * Finish the current line.
1678 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
1679 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
1680 * is valid.
1682 static int
1683 syn_finish_line(syncing)
1684 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
1686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1687 colnr_T prev_current_col;
1689 if (!current_finished)
1691 while (!current_finished)
1693 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE);
1695 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
1697 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
1700 * Check for match with sync item.
1702 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1703 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1704 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
1705 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
1706 return TRUE;
1708 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
1709 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
1710 * past the NUL. */
1711 prev_current_col = current_col;
1712 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
1713 ++current_col;
1714 check_state_ends();
1715 current_col = prev_current_col;
1717 ++current_col;
1720 return FALSE;
1724 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
1725 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
1726 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
1727 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
1728 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
1729 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
1730 * done.
1733 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state)
1734 colnr_T col;
1735 int *can_spell;
1736 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
1738 int attr = 0;
1740 if (can_spell != NULL)
1741 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
1742 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
1743 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
1744 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
1745 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
1747 /* check for out of memory situation */
1748 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
1749 return 0;
1751 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
1752 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
1754 clear_current_state();
1755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1756 current_id = 0;
1757 current_trans_id = 0;
1758 #endif
1759 return 0;
1762 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
1763 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
1764 validate_current_state();
1767 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
1769 while (current_col <= col)
1771 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell,
1772 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE);
1773 ++current_col;
1776 return attr;
1780 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
1782 static int
1783 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state)
1784 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
1785 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
1786 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
1787 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */
1789 int syn_id;
1790 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
1791 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
1792 lpos_T hl_endpos;
1793 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
1794 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
1795 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
1796 int idx;
1797 synpat_T *spp;
1798 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
1799 int startcol;
1800 int endcol;
1801 long flags;
1802 short *next_list;
1803 int found_match; /* found usable match */
1804 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
1805 int do_keywords;
1806 regmmatch_T regmatch;
1807 lpos_T pos;
1808 int lc_col;
1809 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
1810 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
1811 looking for a pattern match! */
1813 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
1814 int keep_next_list;
1815 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
1816 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
1819 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
1820 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
1822 line = syn_getcurline();
1823 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
1826 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
1828 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
1829 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
1830 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
1832 current_finished = TRUE;
1833 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1834 return 0;
1837 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
1838 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
1840 current_finished = TRUE;
1841 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1845 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
1846 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
1847 * the next column.
1849 if (try_next_column)
1851 next_match_idx = -1;
1852 try_next_column = FALSE;
1855 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
1856 do_keywords = !syncing
1857 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
1858 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
1860 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
1861 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
1862 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
1865 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
1866 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
1867 * column.
1871 found_match = FALSE;
1872 keep_next_list = FALSE;
1873 syn_id = 0;
1876 * 1. Check for a current state.
1877 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
1878 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
1879 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
1880 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
1882 if (current_state.ga_len)
1883 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1884 else
1885 cur_si = NULL;
1887 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
1888 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
1891 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
1892 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
1894 if (do_keywords)
1896 line = syn_getcurline();
1897 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
1898 && (current_col == 0
1899 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
1900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1901 - (has_mbyte
1902 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
1903 : 0)
1904 #endif
1905 , syn_buf)))
1907 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
1908 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
1909 if (syn_id != 0)
1911 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
1913 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1914 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
1915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
1917 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1918 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
1919 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1920 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
1921 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1922 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
1923 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
1924 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
1925 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
1926 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
1928 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
1930 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
1931 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
1933 else
1935 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
1936 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
1937 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
1938 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
1941 else
1942 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
1943 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
1944 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
1945 check_keepend();
1947 else
1948 vim_free(next_list);
1954 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
1956 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
1959 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
1960 * for any match with a pattern.
1962 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
1965 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
1966 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
1967 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
1968 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
1970 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
1971 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
1972 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
1974 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
1975 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
1976 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
1977 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
1978 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
1979 && (current_next_list != NULL
1980 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
1981 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
1982 : (cur_si == NULL
1983 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
1984 : in_id_list(cur_si,
1985 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
1986 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
1988 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
1989 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
1990 * this item. */
1991 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
1992 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
1993 continue;
1994 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
1996 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
1997 if (lc_col < 0)
1998 lc_col = 0;
2000 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2001 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2002 if (!syn_regexec(&regmatch, current_lnum,
2003 (colnr_T)lc_col))
2005 /* no match in this line, try another one */
2006 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2007 continue;
2011 * Compute the first column of the match.
2013 syn_add_start_off(&pos, &regmatch,
2014 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
2015 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
2017 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
2018 * we can't handle that */
2019 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2020 continue;
2022 startcol = pos.col;
2024 /* remember the next column where this pattern
2025 * matches in the current line */
2026 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
2029 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
2030 * column number, don't use this one.
2032 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
2033 continue;
2036 * If we matched this pattern at this position
2037 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
2038 * column, because it may match from there.
2040 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
2042 try_next_column = TRUE;
2043 continue;
2046 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2047 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2049 /* Compute the highlight start. */
2050 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, &regmatch,
2051 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
2053 /* Compute the region start. */
2054 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
2055 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, &regmatch,
2056 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
2059 * Grab the external submatches before they get
2060 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
2062 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2063 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
2064 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2066 flags = 0;
2067 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
2068 eoe_pos.col = 0;
2069 end_idx = 0;
2070 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
2073 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
2074 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
2075 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
2076 * resulting end positions at the same time.
2078 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2079 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2081 lpos_T startpos;
2083 startpos = endpos;
2084 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2085 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
2086 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2087 continue; /* not found */
2091 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
2092 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
2093 * syncing.
2095 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
2097 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2098 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
2099 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2100 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
2101 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2102 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
2105 * If an empty string is matched, may need
2106 * to try matching again at next column.
2108 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
2109 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2110 try_next_column = TRUE;
2111 continue;
2116 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
2118 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
2119 * before endpos. */
2120 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
2121 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
2122 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
2123 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
2125 next_match_idx = idx;
2126 next_match_col = startcol;
2127 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
2128 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2129 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
2130 next_match_flags = flags;
2131 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
2132 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
2133 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
2134 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2135 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
2136 cur_extmatch = NULL;
2142 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
2144 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
2146 synpat_T *lspp;
2148 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
2149 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
2150 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2151 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2152 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
2153 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
2155 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
2156 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
2157 keep_next_list = TRUE;
2158 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
2160 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
2161 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
2162 * endless loop). */
2163 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
2165 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
2166 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
2168 next_match_idx = -1;
2170 else
2171 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
2172 found_match = TRUE;
2178 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
2180 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
2183 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
2184 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
2185 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
2187 if (!found_match)
2189 line = syn_getcurline();
2190 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
2191 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
2192 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
2193 && *line == NUL))
2194 break;
2198 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
2199 * contained matches.
2200 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
2201 * match.
2202 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
2203 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
2205 current_next_list = NULL;
2206 next_match_idx = -1;
2207 if (!zero_width_next_list)
2208 found_match = TRUE;
2211 } while (found_match);
2214 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
2215 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
2217 current_attr = 0;
2218 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2219 current_id = 0;
2220 current_trans_id = 0;
2221 #endif
2222 if (cur_si != NULL)
2224 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
2225 int current_trans_id = 0;
2226 #endif
2227 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
2229 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2230 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2231 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2232 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
2233 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
2234 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2235 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2236 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
2238 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
2239 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2240 current_id = sip->si_id;
2241 #endif
2242 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
2243 break;
2247 if (can_spell != NULL)
2249 struct sp_syn sps;
2252 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
2253 * done in the current item.
2255 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2257 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
2258 * @NoSpell cluster. */
2259 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
2260 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
2261 else
2263 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2264 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2265 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2266 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2269 else
2271 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
2272 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
2273 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
2274 * was used. */
2275 if (current_trans_id == 0)
2276 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2277 else
2279 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2280 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
2281 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2282 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2284 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
2286 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2287 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
2288 *can_spell = FALSE;
2296 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
2297 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
2298 * single character match.
2299 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
2300 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
2301 * current column.
2303 if (!syncing && !keep_state)
2305 check_state_ends();
2306 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
2307 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
2309 ++current_col;
2310 check_state_ends();
2311 --current_col;
2315 else if (can_spell != NULL)
2316 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
2317 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
2318 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
2319 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2320 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2322 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipempty" present */
2323 if (current_next_list != NULL
2324 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
2325 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
2326 current_next_list = NULL;
2328 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
2329 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
2331 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
2332 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
2333 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2334 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2336 return current_attr;
2341 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
2343 static int
2344 did_match_already(idx, gap)
2345 int idx;
2346 garray_T *gap;
2348 int i;
2350 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2351 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
2352 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
2353 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
2354 return TRUE;
2356 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
2357 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
2358 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2359 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
2360 return TRUE;
2362 return FALSE;
2366 * Push the next match onto the stack.
2368 static stateitem_T *
2369 push_next_match(cur_si)
2370 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2372 synpat_T *spp;
2374 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2377 * Push the item in current_state stack;
2379 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2382 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
2383 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
2385 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2386 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2387 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2388 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2389 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
2390 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
2391 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2392 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2394 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
2395 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
2396 check_keepend();
2398 else
2400 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
2401 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
2402 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2403 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
2404 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
2405 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
2407 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2408 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
2409 check_keepend();
2410 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2413 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
2414 * on the stack for the start pattern.
2416 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2417 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
2418 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2420 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2421 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2422 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2423 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2424 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2425 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2426 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2427 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2428 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
2429 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
2430 check_keepend();
2431 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2435 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
2437 return cur_si;
2441 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
2443 static void
2444 check_state_ends()
2446 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2447 int had_extend = FALSE;
2449 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2450 for (;;)
2452 if (cur_si->si_ends
2453 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
2454 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2455 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
2458 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
2459 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
2460 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
2461 * position.
2463 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
2464 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
2465 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
2466 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
2468 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
2469 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2470 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2471 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2472 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
2473 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2475 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
2476 next_match_idx = 0;
2477 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
2478 break;
2480 else
2482 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
2483 * "skipempty" */
2484 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
2485 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
2486 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2488 current_next_list = NULL;
2490 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
2491 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
2492 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2493 had_extend = TRUE;
2495 pop_current_state();
2497 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2498 break;
2500 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0)
2502 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
2503 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2504 break;
2507 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2510 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
2511 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
2512 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
2513 * Don't do this when:
2514 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
2515 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
2516 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
2518 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
2519 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
2520 == SPTYPE_START
2521 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
2523 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
2524 check_keepend();
2525 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
2526 && keepend_level < 0
2527 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2528 break;
2532 else
2533 break;
2538 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
2539 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
2541 static void
2542 update_si_attr(idx)
2543 int idx;
2545 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2546 synpat_T *spp;
2548 /* This should not happen... */
2549 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2550 return;
2552 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
2553 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2554 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
2555 else
2556 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
2557 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
2558 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
2559 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2560 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
2561 else
2562 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
2565 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
2566 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
2567 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
2569 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
2571 if (idx == 0)
2573 sip->si_attr = 0;
2574 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
2575 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2576 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
2578 else
2580 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
2581 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
2582 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
2583 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
2584 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2586 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
2587 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
2594 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
2595 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
2597 static void
2598 check_keepend()
2600 int i;
2601 lpos_T maxpos;
2602 lpos_T maxpos_h;
2603 stateitem_T *sip;
2606 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
2607 * there really is a keepend.
2609 if (keepend_level < 0)
2610 return;
2613 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
2614 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
2615 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
2617 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
2618 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2619 break;
2621 maxpos.lnum = 0;
2622 maxpos.col = 0;
2623 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
2624 maxpos_h.col = 0;
2625 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
2627 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
2628 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
2630 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
2631 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
2632 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
2633 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2635 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2637 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
2638 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2639 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2640 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
2641 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2642 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
2643 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2644 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2645 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
2646 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
2652 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
2653 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
2655 * Return the flags for the matched END.
2657 static void
2658 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
2659 stateitem_T *sip;
2660 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
2661 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
2663 lpos_T startpos;
2664 lpos_T endpos;
2665 lpos_T hl_endpos;
2666 lpos_T end_endpos;
2667 int end_idx;
2669 /* return quickly for a keyword */
2670 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2671 return;
2673 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
2674 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
2675 * from a containing item. */
2676 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
2677 return;
2680 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
2681 * line.
2683 end_idx = 0;
2684 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2685 startpos.col = startcol;
2686 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2687 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
2689 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2691 /* No end pattern matched. */
2692 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
2694 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
2695 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2696 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2697 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
2699 else
2701 /* continues in the next line */
2702 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
2703 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
2705 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2707 else
2709 /* match within this line */
2710 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
2711 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2712 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
2713 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2714 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
2719 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
2720 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
2721 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
2723 static int
2724 push_current_state(idx)
2725 int idx;
2727 if (ga_grow(&current_state, 1) == FAIL)
2728 return FAIL;
2729 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
2730 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
2731 ++current_state.ga_len;
2732 return OK;
2736 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
2738 static void
2739 pop_current_state()
2741 if (current_state.ga_len)
2743 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
2744 --current_state.ga_len;
2746 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
2747 next_match_idx = -1;
2749 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
2750 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
2751 keepend_level = -1;
2755 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
2756 * Only checks one line.
2757 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
2758 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
2759 * will be 0.
2760 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
2761 * computed.
2763 static void
2764 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
2765 end_idx, start_ext)
2766 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
2767 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
2768 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
2769 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
2770 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
2771 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
2772 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
2773 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
2775 colnr_T matchcol;
2776 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
2777 int start_idx;
2778 int best_idx;
2779 regmmatch_T regmatch;
2780 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
2781 lpos_T pos;
2782 char_u *line;
2783 int had_match = FALSE;
2785 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
2786 if (idx < 0)
2787 return;
2790 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
2791 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
2792 * contained a region.
2794 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2795 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2797 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
2798 return;
2802 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
2804 for (;;)
2806 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2807 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2808 break;
2809 ++idx;
2813 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
2815 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
2817 spp_skip = spp;
2818 ++idx;
2820 else
2821 spp_skip = NULL;
2823 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
2824 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2825 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
2827 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
2828 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
2829 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
2830 for (;;)
2833 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
2835 best_idx = -1;
2836 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
2838 int lc_col = matchcol;
2840 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2841 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
2842 break;
2843 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2844 if (lc_col < 0)
2845 lc_col = 0;
2847 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2848 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2849 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
2851 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
2852 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2854 best_idx = idx;
2855 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
2856 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
2862 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
2863 * item continues until end-of-line.
2865 if (best_idx == -1)
2866 break;
2869 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
2870 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
2872 if (spp_skip != NULL)
2874 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2876 if (lc_col < 0)
2877 lc_col = 0;
2878 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
2879 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
2880 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
2881 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
2882 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2884 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
2885 syn_add_end_off(&pos, &regmatch, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2887 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
2888 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
2889 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
2890 break;
2892 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
2894 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
2895 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
2896 ++matchcol;
2897 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2898 matchcol = pos.col;
2899 else
2900 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
2901 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2902 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
2903 ++matchcol)
2906 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
2907 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
2908 break;
2910 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
2915 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
2916 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
2918 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
2919 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2920 /* can't end before the start */
2921 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2922 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2924 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
2925 /* can't end before the start */
2926 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2927 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2928 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2929 /* can't end after the match */
2930 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
2933 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
2935 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
2937 *end_idx = best_idx;
2938 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
2940 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2941 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2943 else
2945 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
2946 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
2948 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
2950 /* can't end before the start */
2951 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2952 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2953 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2954 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
2956 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
2957 * into the matchgroup for the end */
2958 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
2960 else
2962 *end_idx = 0;
2963 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
2966 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
2968 had_match = TRUE;
2969 break;
2972 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
2973 if (!had_match)
2974 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
2976 /* Remove external matches. */
2977 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2978 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
2982 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
2984 static void
2985 limit_pos(pos, limit)
2986 lpos_T *pos;
2987 lpos_T *limit;
2989 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
2990 *pos = *limit;
2991 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
2992 pos->col = limit->col;
2996 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
2998 static void
2999 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
3000 lpos_T *pos;
3001 lpos_T *limit;
3003 if (pos->lnum == 0)
3004 *pos = *limit;
3005 else
3006 limit_pos(pos, limit);
3010 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
3012 static void
3013 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3014 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3015 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3016 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
3017 int idx; /* index of offset */
3018 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
3020 int col;
3021 int off;
3022 char_u *base;
3023 char_u *p;
3025 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
3027 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3028 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3029 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
3031 else
3033 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3034 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3035 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3037 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
3038 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
3039 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3040 col = 0;
3041 else if (off != 0)
3043 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
3044 p = base + col;
3045 if (off > 0)
3047 while (off-- > 0 && *p != NUL)
3048 mb_ptr_adv(p);
3050 else if (off < 0)
3052 while (off++ < 0 && base < p)
3053 mb_ptr_back(base, p);
3055 col = (int)(p - base);
3057 result->col = col;
3061 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
3062 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
3064 static void
3065 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3066 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3067 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3068 synpat_T *spp;
3069 int idx;
3070 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
3072 int col;
3073 int off;
3074 char_u *base;
3075 char_u *p;
3077 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
3079 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3080 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3081 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
3083 else
3085 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3086 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3087 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3089 if (off != 0)
3091 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
3092 p = base + col;
3093 if (off > 0)
3095 while (off-- && *p != NUL)
3096 mb_ptr_adv(p);
3098 else if (off < 0)
3100 while (off++ && base < p)
3101 mb_ptr_back(base, p);
3103 col = (int)(p - base);
3105 result->col = col;
3109 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
3111 static char_u *
3112 syn_getcurline()
3114 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
3118 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
3119 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
3121 static int
3122 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
3123 regmmatch_T *rmp;
3124 linenr_T lnum;
3125 colnr_T col;
3127 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
3128 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL) > 0)
3130 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3131 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3132 return TRUE;
3134 return FALSE;
3138 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
3139 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
3140 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
3142 static int
3143 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
3144 char_u *line;
3145 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
3146 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
3147 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
3148 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
3149 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
3151 keyentry_T *kp;
3152 char_u *kwp;
3153 int round;
3154 int kwlen;
3155 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
3156 hashtab_T *ht;
3157 hashitem_T *hi;
3159 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
3160 * checked. */
3161 kwp = line + startcol;
3162 kwlen = 0;
3165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3166 if (has_mbyte)
3167 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
3168 else
3169 #endif
3170 ++kwlen;
3172 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
3174 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
3175 return 0;
3178 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
3179 * lowercase.
3181 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
3184 * Try twice:
3185 * 1. matching case
3186 * 2. ignoring case
3188 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
3190 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
3191 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
3192 continue;
3193 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
3194 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
3197 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
3198 * attributes.
3199 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
3200 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
3201 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
3203 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
3204 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
3205 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
3207 if (current_next_list != 0
3208 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
3209 : (cur_si == NULL
3210 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
3211 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
3212 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
3214 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
3215 *flagsp = kp->flags;
3216 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
3217 return kp->k_syn.id;
3221 return 0;
3225 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
3227 static void
3228 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
3229 exarg_T *eap;
3230 int syncing UNUSED;
3232 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3233 char_u *next;
3235 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3236 if (eap->skip)
3237 return;
3239 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3240 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
3241 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
3242 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
3243 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
3244 else
3245 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3249 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
3251 static void
3252 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
3253 exarg_T *eap;
3254 int syncing UNUSED;
3256 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3257 char_u *next;
3259 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3260 if (eap->skip)
3261 return;
3263 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3264 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
3265 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
3266 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
3267 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
3268 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
3269 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
3270 else
3271 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3275 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
3277 void
3278 syntax_clear(buf)
3279 buf_T *buf;
3281 int i;
3283 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
3284 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
3285 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
3286 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
3288 /* free the keywords */
3289 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
3290 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
3292 /* free the syntax patterns */
3293 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3294 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
3295 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
3297 /* free the syntax clusters */
3298 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3299 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
3300 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
3301 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
3302 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
3304 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3305 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3306 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3307 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3309 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3310 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3311 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3312 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3313 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3314 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
3315 #endif
3317 /* free the stored states */
3318 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
3319 invalidate_current_state();
3323 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
3325 static void
3326 syntax_sync_clear()
3328 int i;
3330 /* free the syntax patterns */
3331 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3332 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
3333 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
3335 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3336 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3337 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3338 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3340 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3341 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3342 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3343 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3345 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3349 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
3351 static void
3352 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
3353 buf_T *buf;
3354 int idx;
3356 synpat_T *spp;
3358 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
3359 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3360 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
3361 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
3362 #endif
3363 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
3364 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
3365 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
3366 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
3370 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
3371 * last to first!
3373 static void
3374 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
3375 buf_T *buf;
3376 int i;
3378 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
3379 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
3380 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
3381 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
3383 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
3384 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
3385 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list);
3390 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
3392 static void
3393 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
3394 buf_T *buf;
3395 int i;
3397 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
3398 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
3399 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
3403 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
3405 static void
3406 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
3407 exarg_T *eap;
3408 int syncing;
3410 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3411 char_u *arg_end;
3412 int id;
3414 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3415 if (eap->skip)
3416 return;
3419 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
3420 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
3421 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
3422 * clear".
3424 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
3425 return;
3427 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3430 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
3432 if (syncing)
3433 syntax_sync_clear();
3434 else
3436 syntax_clear(curbuf);
3437 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
3440 else
3443 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
3445 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
3447 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3448 if (*arg == '@')
3450 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3451 if (id == 0)
3453 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3454 break;
3456 else
3459 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
3460 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
3461 * and make it empty.
3463 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3465 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
3466 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
3469 else
3471 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3472 if (id == 0)
3474 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3475 break;
3477 else
3478 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
3480 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3483 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
3484 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3488 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
3490 static void
3491 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
3492 int id;
3493 int syncing;
3495 synpat_T *spp;
3496 int idx;
3498 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
3499 if (!syncing)
3501 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
3502 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
3505 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
3506 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
3508 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3509 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3510 continue;
3511 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
3516 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
3518 static void
3519 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
3520 exarg_T *eap;
3521 int syncing UNUSED;
3523 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3527 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
3529 static void
3530 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
3531 exarg_T *eap;
3532 int syncing UNUSED;
3534 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
3535 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3536 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3540 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
3542 static void
3543 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
3544 exarg_T *eap;
3545 int syncing UNUSED;
3547 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3548 if (!eap->skip)
3550 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
3551 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
3552 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3557 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
3559 static void
3560 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
3561 exarg_T *eap;
3562 int syncing UNUSED;
3564 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
3568 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
3570 static void
3571 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
3572 exarg_T *eap;
3573 int syncing UNUSED;
3575 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
3578 static void
3579 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
3580 exarg_T *eap;
3581 char *name;
3583 char_u buf[100];
3585 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3586 if (!eap->skip)
3588 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
3589 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
3590 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
3595 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
3597 static void
3598 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
3599 exarg_T *eap;
3600 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3602 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3603 int id;
3604 char_u *arg_end;
3606 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3607 if (eap->skip)
3608 return;
3610 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
3612 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
3613 return;
3616 if (syncing)
3618 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
3620 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
3621 syn_lines_msg();
3622 syn_match_msg();
3623 return;
3625 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
3627 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
3628 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
3629 else
3631 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
3632 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3633 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3634 syn_match_msg();
3636 return;
3638 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
3639 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
3640 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
3641 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3643 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
3644 syn_lines_msg();
3645 syn_match_msg();
3648 else
3649 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
3650 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3653 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
3655 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3656 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
3657 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3658 syn_list_cluster(id);
3660 else
3663 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
3665 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
3667 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3668 if (*arg == '@')
3670 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3671 if (id == 0)
3672 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3673 else
3674 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
3676 else
3678 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3679 if (id == 0)
3680 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3681 else
3682 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
3684 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3687 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
3690 static void
3691 syn_lines_msg()
3693 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3695 MSG_PUTS("; ");
3696 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3698 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
3699 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3700 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
3701 MSG_PUTS(", ");
3703 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
3705 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
3706 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
3708 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3712 static void
3713 syn_match_msg()
3715 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3717 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
3718 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
3719 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
3723 static int last_matchgroup;
3725 struct name_list
3727 int flag;
3728 char *name;
3731 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
3734 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3736 static void
3737 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
3738 int id;
3739 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3740 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
3742 int attr;
3743 int idx;
3744 int did_header = FALSE;
3745 synpat_T *spp;
3746 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
3748 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
3749 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
3750 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
3751 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
3752 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
3753 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
3754 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
3755 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
3756 {0, NULL}
3758 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
3760 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
3761 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
3762 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
3763 {0, NULL}
3766 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
3768 /* list the keywords for "id" */
3769 if (!syncing)
3771 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
3772 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
3773 did_header, attr);
3776 /* list the patterns for "id" */
3777 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
3779 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3780 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3781 continue;
3783 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3784 did_header = TRUE;
3785 last_matchgroup = 0;
3786 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
3788 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
3789 msg_putchar(' ');
3791 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3793 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3794 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3795 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
3796 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3797 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
3798 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
3799 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3800 --idx;
3801 msg_putchar(' ');
3803 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3805 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
3806 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
3808 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
3809 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
3810 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
3812 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
3814 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
3815 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3817 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
3819 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
3820 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
3821 else
3822 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
3823 msg_putchar(' ');
3824 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
3825 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
3826 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
3827 else
3828 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
3829 msg_putchar(' ');
3833 /* list the link, if there is one */
3834 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
3836 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3837 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
3838 msg_putchar(' ');
3839 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
3843 static void
3844 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
3845 struct name_list *nl;
3846 int flags;
3847 int attr;
3849 int i;
3851 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
3852 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
3854 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
3855 msg_putchar(' ');
3860 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3862 static void
3863 syn_list_cluster(id)
3864 int id;
3866 int endcol = 15;
3868 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
3869 msg_putchar('\n');
3870 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
3872 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
3873 endcol = msg_col + 1;
3874 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
3875 endcol = Columns - 1;
3877 msg_advance(endcol);
3878 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
3880 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
3881 hl_attr(HLF_D));
3883 else
3885 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
3886 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
3890 static void
3891 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
3892 char_u *name;
3893 short *list;
3894 int attr;
3896 short *p;
3898 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
3899 msg_putchar('=');
3900 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
3902 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
3904 if (p[1])
3905 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
3906 else
3907 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
3909 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
3911 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
3913 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
3915 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
3917 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
3919 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3921 msg_putchar('@');
3922 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
3924 else
3925 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
3926 if (p[1])
3927 msg_putchar(',');
3929 msg_putchar(' ');
3932 static void
3933 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
3934 char *s;
3935 int c;
3936 synpat_T *spp;
3937 int attr;
3939 long n;
3940 int mask;
3941 int first;
3942 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
3943 int i;
3945 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
3946 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
3948 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
3949 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
3950 msg_putchar('=');
3951 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
3952 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
3953 else
3954 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
3955 msg_putchar(' ');
3958 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
3959 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
3960 msg_putchar(c);
3962 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
3963 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
3964 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
3966 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
3967 break;
3969 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3970 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
3971 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3973 /* output any pattern options */
3974 first = TRUE;
3975 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
3977 mask = (1 << i);
3978 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
3980 if (!first)
3981 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
3982 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
3983 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
3984 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
3986 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
3987 msg_putchar('s');
3988 else
3989 msg_putchar('e');
3990 if (n > 0)
3991 msg_putchar('+');
3993 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
3994 msg_outnum(n);
3995 first = FALSE;
3998 msg_putchar(' ');
4002 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
4003 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
4005 static int
4006 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
4007 int id;
4008 hashtab_T *ht;
4009 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
4010 int attr;
4012 int outlen;
4013 hashitem_T *hi;
4014 keyentry_T *kp;
4015 int todo;
4016 int prev_contained = 0;
4017 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
4018 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4019 int prev_skipnl = 0;
4020 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
4021 int prev_skipempty = 0;
4024 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
4025 * hash value...
4027 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4028 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
4030 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4032 --todo;
4033 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
4035 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4037 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
4038 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4039 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4040 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4041 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
4042 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
4043 outlen = 9999;
4044 else
4045 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
4046 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
4047 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
4049 prev_contained = 0;
4050 prev_next_list = NULL;
4051 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4052 prev_skipnl = 0;
4053 prev_skipwhite = 0;
4054 prev_skipempty = 0;
4056 did_header = TRUE;
4057 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
4059 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
4060 msg_putchar(' ');
4061 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
4063 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
4065 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
4066 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
4067 msg_putchar(' ');
4068 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
4070 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
4072 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
4073 msg_putchar(' ');
4074 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
4075 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4077 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
4078 msg_putchar(' ');
4079 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
4081 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4083 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
4084 msg_putchar(' ');
4085 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
4087 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4089 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
4090 msg_putchar(' ');
4091 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
4094 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
4100 return did_header;
4103 static void
4104 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
4105 int id;
4106 hashtab_T *ht;
4108 hashitem_T *hi;
4109 keyentry_T *kp;
4110 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
4111 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4112 int todo;
4114 hash_lock(ht);
4115 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4116 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4118 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4120 --todo;
4121 kp_prev = NULL;
4122 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
4124 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4126 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4127 if (kp_prev == NULL)
4129 if (kp_next == NULL)
4130 hash_remove(ht, hi);
4131 else
4132 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
4134 else
4135 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
4136 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4137 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4138 vim_free(kp);
4139 kp = kp_next;
4141 else
4143 kp_prev = kp;
4144 kp = kp->ke_next;
4149 hash_unlock(ht);
4153 * Clear a whole keyword table.
4155 static void
4156 clear_keywtab(ht)
4157 hashtab_T *ht;
4159 hashitem_T *hi;
4160 int todo;
4161 keyentry_T *kp;
4162 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4164 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4165 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4167 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4169 --todo;
4170 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
4172 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4173 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4174 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4175 vim_free(kp);
4179 hash_clear(ht);
4180 hash_init(ht);
4184 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
4186 static void
4187 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
4188 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
4189 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
4190 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
4191 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
4192 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
4194 keyentry_T *kp;
4195 hashtab_T *ht;
4196 hashitem_T *hi;
4197 char_u *name_ic;
4198 long_u hash;
4199 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
4201 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4202 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
4203 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
4204 else
4205 name_ic = name;
4206 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
4207 if (kp == NULL)
4208 return;
4209 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
4210 kp->k_syn.id = id;
4211 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4212 kp->flags = flags;
4213 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
4214 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
4215 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4216 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
4218 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4219 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
4220 else
4221 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
4223 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
4224 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
4225 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4227 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
4228 kp->ke_next = NULL;
4229 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
4231 else
4233 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
4234 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
4235 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
4240 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
4241 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
4242 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
4244 static char_u *
4245 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
4246 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
4247 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
4249 char_u *rest;
4251 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
4252 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
4255 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
4256 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
4258 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
4259 return NULL;
4260 return rest;
4264 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
4265 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
4266 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
4267 * collect all options in between other arguments.
4268 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
4269 * Return NULL for any error;
4271 static char_u *
4272 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
4273 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
4274 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
4276 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
4277 int syn_id;
4278 int len;
4279 char *p;
4280 int i;
4281 int fidx;
4282 static struct flag
4284 char *name;
4285 int argtype;
4286 int flags;
4287 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
4288 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
4289 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
4290 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
4291 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
4292 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
4293 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
4294 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
4295 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
4296 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
4297 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
4298 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
4299 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
4300 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
4301 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
4302 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
4304 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
4306 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
4307 return NULL;
4309 for (;;)
4312 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
4313 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
4314 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
4316 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
4317 break;
4319 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
4321 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
4322 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
4323 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
4324 break;
4325 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
4326 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
4327 ? arg[len] == '='
4328 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
4330 if (opt->keyword
4331 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
4332 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4333 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
4334 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
4335 fidx = -1;
4336 break;
4339 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
4340 break;
4342 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
4344 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
4346 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
4347 return NULL;
4349 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
4350 return NULL;
4352 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
4354 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
4355 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
4357 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
4358 return NULL;
4360 #endif
4361 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
4362 return NULL;
4364 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
4366 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
4367 return NULL;
4369 else
4371 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
4372 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
4374 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
4375 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
4377 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
4379 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
4380 return NULL;
4382 gname_start = arg;
4383 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
4384 if (gname_start == arg)
4385 return NULL;
4386 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
4387 if (gname == NULL)
4388 return NULL;
4389 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
4390 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
4391 else
4393 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
4394 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
4395 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
4396 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
4398 *opt->sync_idx = i;
4399 break;
4401 if (i < 0)
4403 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
4404 vim_free(gname);
4405 return NULL;
4409 vim_free(gname);
4410 arg = skipwhite(arg);
4412 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4413 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4414 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
4415 /* Need to update folds later. */
4416 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
4417 #endif
4421 return arg;
4425 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
4426 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
4427 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
4429 static void
4430 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
4431 int id;
4432 int *flagsp;
4434 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
4435 return;
4436 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
4437 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
4439 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
4440 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
4441 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
4443 if (grp_list != NULL)
4445 grp_list[0] = id;
4446 grp_list[1] = 0;
4447 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
4448 CLUSTER_ADD);
4454 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
4456 static void
4457 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
4458 exarg_T *eap;
4459 int syncing UNUSED;
4461 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4462 int sgl_id = 1;
4463 char_u *group_name_end;
4464 char_u *rest;
4465 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
4466 int prev_toplvl_grp;
4467 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
4468 int source = FALSE;
4470 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
4471 if (eap->skip)
4472 return;
4474 if (arg[0] == '@')
4476 ++arg;
4477 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4478 if (rest == NULL)
4480 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
4481 return;
4483 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4484 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
4485 eap->arg = rest;
4489 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
4490 * filename to include.
4492 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
4493 separate_nextcmd(eap);
4494 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
4496 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
4497 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
4498 * ":runtime!" is used. */
4499 source = TRUE;
4500 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
4502 if (errormsg != NULL)
4503 EMSG(errormsg);
4504 return;
4509 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
4510 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
4512 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4513 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
4514 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
4515 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
4516 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
4517 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
4518 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
4519 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
4520 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
4524 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
4526 static void
4527 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
4528 exarg_T *eap;
4529 int syncing UNUSED;
4531 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4532 char_u *group_name_end;
4533 int syn_id;
4534 char_u *rest;
4535 char_u *keyword_copy;
4536 char_u *p;
4537 char_u *kw;
4538 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4539 int cnt;
4541 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4543 if (rest != NULL)
4545 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4547 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
4548 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
4549 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
4551 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4552 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
4553 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4554 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
4555 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4556 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4559 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
4560 * found before keywords can be created.
4561 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
4563 cnt = 0;
4564 p = keyword_copy;
4565 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
4567 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4568 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4569 break;
4570 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
4571 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
4573 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
4574 ++rest;
4575 *p++ = *rest++;
4577 *p++ = NUL;
4578 ++cnt;
4581 if (!eap->skip)
4583 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
4584 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4587 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
4589 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
4591 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
4593 if (p != NULL)
4594 *p = NUL;
4595 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
4596 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
4597 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4598 if (p == NULL)
4599 break;
4600 if (p[1] == NUL)
4602 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
4603 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
4604 break;
4606 if (p[1] == ']')
4608 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
4609 break;
4611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4612 if (has_mbyte)
4614 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
4616 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
4617 p += l;
4619 else
4620 #endif
4622 p[0] = p[1];
4623 ++p;
4629 vim_free(keyword_copy);
4630 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4631 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4635 if (rest != NULL)
4636 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4637 else
4638 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4640 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4641 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4645 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
4647 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
4649 static void
4650 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
4651 exarg_T *eap;
4652 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
4654 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4655 char_u *group_name_end;
4656 char_u *rest;
4657 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
4658 int syn_id;
4659 int idx;
4660 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4661 int sync_idx = 0;
4663 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4664 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4666 /* Get options before the pattern */
4667 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4668 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4669 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
4670 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4671 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4672 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4673 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4674 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4676 /* get the pattern. */
4677 init_syn_patterns();
4678 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
4679 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
4680 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4681 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4683 /* Get options after the pattern */
4684 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4686 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
4689 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
4691 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4692 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4693 rest = NULL;
4694 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
4695 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4696 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4698 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4700 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
4702 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4703 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
4704 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4705 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
4706 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4707 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4708 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
4709 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
4710 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4711 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4712 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4713 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4714 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4715 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4716 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4718 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
4719 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
4720 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
4721 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4722 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4723 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4724 #endif
4726 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4727 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4728 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4733 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
4735 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
4736 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
4737 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4738 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4739 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4741 if (rest == NULL)
4742 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4746 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
4747 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
4749 static void
4750 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
4751 exarg_T *eap;
4752 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
4754 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4755 char_u *group_name_end;
4756 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
4757 char_u *key_end;
4758 char_u *key = NULL;
4759 char_u *p;
4760 int item;
4761 #define ITEM_START 0
4762 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
4763 #define ITEM_END 2
4764 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
4765 struct pat_ptr
4767 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
4768 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
4769 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
4770 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
4771 /* patterns found in the line */
4772 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
4773 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
4774 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
4775 int syn_id;
4776 int matchgroup_id = 0;
4777 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
4778 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
4779 int success = FALSE;
4780 int idx;
4781 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4783 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4784 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4786 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
4787 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
4788 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
4790 init_syn_patterns();
4792 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4793 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4794 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4795 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4796 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4797 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4798 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4801 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
4803 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
4805 /* Check for option arguments */
4806 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4807 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4808 break;
4810 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
4811 key_end = rest;
4812 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
4813 ++key_end;
4814 vim_free(key);
4815 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
4816 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
4818 rest = NULL;
4819 break;
4821 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
4822 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
4823 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
4824 item = ITEM_START;
4825 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
4826 item = ITEM_END;
4827 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
4829 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
4831 illegal = TRUE;
4832 break;
4834 item = ITEM_SKIP;
4836 else
4837 break;
4838 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
4839 if (*rest != '=')
4841 rest = NULL;
4842 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
4843 break;
4845 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
4846 if (*rest == NUL)
4848 not_enough = TRUE;
4849 break;
4852 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
4854 p = skiptowhite(rest);
4855 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
4856 matchgroup_id = 0;
4857 else
4859 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
4860 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
4862 illegal = TRUE;
4863 break;
4866 rest = skipwhite(p);
4868 else
4871 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
4872 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
4873 * used from end to start).
4875 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
4876 if (ppp == NULL)
4878 rest = NULL;
4879 break;
4881 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
4882 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
4883 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
4884 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
4886 rest = NULL;
4887 break;
4891 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
4893 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
4894 if (item == ITEM_START)
4895 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
4896 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
4897 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
4898 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
4899 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
4900 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
4901 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4902 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4903 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
4904 ++pat_count;
4907 vim_free(key);
4908 if (illegal || not_enough)
4909 rest = NULL;
4912 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
4914 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
4915 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
4917 not_enough = TRUE;
4918 rest = NULL;
4921 if (rest != NULL)
4924 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
4925 * If OK, add the item.
4927 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4928 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4929 rest = NULL;
4930 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
4931 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4932 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4934 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4936 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
4938 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4939 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4941 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
4943 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
4944 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4945 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
4946 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
4947 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
4948 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
4949 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4950 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4951 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
4952 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
4953 if (item == ITEM_START)
4955 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
4956 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4957 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4958 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4959 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4960 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4961 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
4962 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4964 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4965 ++idx;
4966 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4967 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4968 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4969 #endif
4973 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4974 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4975 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4980 * Free the allocated memory.
4982 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4983 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
4985 if (!success)
4987 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
4988 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
4990 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
4991 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
4992 vim_free(ppp);
4995 if (!success)
4997 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4998 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4999 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
5000 if (not_enough)
5001 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
5002 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
5003 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5008 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
5010 static int
5011 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
5012 _RTLENTRYF
5013 #endif
5014 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
5015 const void *v1;
5016 const void *v2;
5018 const short *s1 = v1;
5019 const short *s2 = v2;
5021 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
5025 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
5026 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
5028 static void
5029 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
5030 short **clstr1;
5031 short **clstr2;
5032 int list_op;
5034 int count1 = 0;
5035 int count2 = 0;
5036 short *g1;
5037 short *g2;
5038 short *clstr = NULL;
5039 int count;
5040 int round;
5043 * Handle degenerate cases.
5045 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
5046 return;
5047 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5049 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5050 vim_free(*clstr1);
5051 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5052 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
5053 else
5054 vim_free(*clstr2);
5055 return;
5058 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
5059 ++count1;
5060 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
5061 ++count2;
5064 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
5066 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5067 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5070 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
5071 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
5072 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
5073 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
5075 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
5077 g1 = *clstr1;
5078 g2 = *clstr2;
5079 count = 0;
5082 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
5084 while (*g1 && *g2)
5087 * We always want to add from the first list.
5089 if (*g1 < *g2)
5091 if (round == 2)
5092 clstr[count] = *g1;
5093 count++;
5094 g1++;
5095 continue;
5098 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
5099 * lists.
5101 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5103 if (round == 2)
5104 clstr[count] = *g2;
5105 count++;
5107 if (*g1 == *g2)
5108 g1++;
5109 g2++;
5113 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
5114 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
5115 * we're adding the lists.
5117 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
5118 if (round == 2)
5119 clstr[count] = *g1;
5120 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5121 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
5122 if (round == 2)
5123 clstr[count] = *g2;
5125 if (round == 1)
5128 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
5129 * space for it.
5131 if (count == 0)
5133 clstr = NULL;
5134 break;
5136 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5137 if (clstr == NULL)
5138 break;
5139 clstr[count] = 0;
5144 * Finally, put the new list in place.
5146 vim_free(*clstr1);
5147 vim_free(*clstr2);
5148 *clstr1 = clstr;
5152 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
5153 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
5155 static int
5156 syn_scl_name2id(name)
5157 char_u *name;
5159 int i;
5160 char_u *name_u;
5162 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
5163 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5164 if (name_u == NULL)
5165 return 0;
5166 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5167 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
5168 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
5169 break;
5170 vim_free(name_u);
5171 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
5175 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
5177 static int
5178 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
5179 char_u *linep;
5180 int len;
5182 char_u *name;
5183 int id = 0;
5185 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
5186 if (name != NULL)
5188 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5189 vim_free(name);
5191 return id;
5195 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
5196 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
5197 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
5198 * Return 0 for failure.
5200 static int
5201 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
5202 char_u *pp;
5203 int len;
5205 int id;
5206 char_u *name;
5208 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
5209 if (name == NULL)
5210 return 0;
5212 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5213 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
5214 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
5215 else
5216 vim_free(name);
5217 return id;
5221 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
5222 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
5223 * Return 0 for failure.
5225 static int
5226 syn_add_cluster(name)
5227 char_u *name;
5229 int len;
5232 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
5234 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
5236 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
5237 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
5241 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
5243 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
5245 vim_free(name);
5246 return 0;
5248 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5250 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
5251 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
5252 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5253 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
5254 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5256 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
5257 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5258 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
5259 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5261 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5265 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
5266 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
5268 static void
5269 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
5270 exarg_T *eap;
5271 int syncing UNUSED;
5273 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5274 char_u *group_name_end;
5275 char_u *rest;
5276 int scl_id;
5277 short *clstr_list;
5278 int got_clstr = FALSE;
5279 int opt_len;
5280 int list_op;
5282 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
5283 if (eap->skip)
5284 return;
5286 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
5288 if (rest != NULL)
5290 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
5291 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
5293 for (;;)
5295 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
5296 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
5298 opt_len = 3;
5299 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
5301 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
5302 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
5304 opt_len = 6;
5305 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
5307 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
5308 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
5310 opt_len = 8;
5311 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
5313 else
5314 break;
5316 clstr_list = NULL;
5317 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
5319 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
5320 break;
5322 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
5323 &clstr_list, list_op);
5324 got_clstr = TRUE;
5327 if (got_clstr)
5329 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5330 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5334 if (!got_clstr)
5335 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
5336 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
5337 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5341 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
5343 static void
5344 init_syn_patterns()
5346 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
5347 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
5351 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
5352 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
5353 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
5355 static char_u *
5356 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
5357 char_u *arg;
5358 synpat_T *ci;
5360 char_u *end;
5361 int *p;
5362 int idx;
5363 char_u *cpo_save;
5365 /* need at least three chars */
5366 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
5367 return NULL;
5369 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
5370 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5372 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
5373 return NULL;
5375 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5376 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
5377 return NULL;
5379 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5380 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5381 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5382 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
5383 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5385 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
5386 return NULL;
5387 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5390 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
5392 ++end;
5395 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
5396 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
5397 break;
5398 if (idx >= 0)
5400 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
5401 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
5402 switch (end[3])
5404 case 's': break;
5405 case 'b': break;
5406 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
5407 default: idx = -1; break;
5409 if (idx >= 0)
5411 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
5412 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
5414 end += 3;
5415 *p = getdigits(&end);
5417 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
5418 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
5420 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
5421 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
5424 else /* yy=x+99 */
5426 end += 4;
5427 if (*end == '+')
5429 ++end;
5430 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
5432 else if (*end == '-')
5434 ++end;
5435 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
5438 if (*end != ',')
5439 break;
5440 ++end;
5443 } while (idx >= 0);
5445 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
5447 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
5448 return NULL;
5450 return skipwhite(end);
5454 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
5456 static void
5457 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
5458 exarg_T *eap;
5459 int syncing UNUSED;
5461 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
5462 char_u *arg_end;
5463 char_u *key = NULL;
5464 char_u *next_arg;
5465 int illegal = FALSE;
5466 int finished = FALSE;
5467 long n;
5468 char_u *cpo_save;
5470 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5472 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
5473 return;
5476 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5478 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
5479 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5480 vim_free(key);
5481 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
5482 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
5484 if (!eap->skip)
5485 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
5486 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
5488 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
5489 if (!eap->skip)
5490 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
5491 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
5492 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5494 else if (!eap->skip)
5495 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
5497 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
5498 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
5499 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
5500 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
5502 if (key[4] == 'S')
5503 arg_end = key + 6;
5504 else if (key[0] == 'L')
5505 arg_end = key + 11;
5506 else
5507 arg_end = key + 9;
5508 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
5510 illegal = TRUE;
5511 break;
5513 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
5514 if (!eap->skip)
5516 if (key[4] == 'B')
5517 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
5518 else if (key[1] == 'A')
5519 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
5520 else
5521 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
5524 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
5526 if (!eap->skip)
5528 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
5529 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
5532 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
5534 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
5536 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
5537 finished = TRUE;
5538 break;
5540 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
5541 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5543 illegal = TRUE;
5544 break;
5547 if (!eap->skip)
5549 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5550 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
5551 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
5553 finished = TRUE;
5554 break;
5556 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5558 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5559 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5560 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5561 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
5562 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
5563 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5565 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
5567 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
5568 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
5569 finished = TRUE;
5570 break;
5573 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
5575 else
5577 eap->arg = next_arg;
5578 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
5579 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
5580 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
5581 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
5582 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
5583 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
5584 else
5585 illegal = TRUE;
5586 finished = TRUE;
5587 break;
5589 arg_start = next_arg;
5591 vim_free(key);
5592 if (illegal)
5593 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
5594 else if (!finished)
5596 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
5597 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5598 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5603 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
5604 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
5605 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
5606 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
5607 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
5609 static int
5610 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
5611 char_u **arg;
5612 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
5613 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
5614 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
5616 char_u *p = NULL;
5617 char_u *end;
5618 int round;
5619 int count;
5620 int total_count = 0;
5621 short *retval = NULL;
5622 char_u *name;
5623 regmatch_T regmatch;
5624 int id;
5625 int i;
5626 int failed = FALSE;
5629 * We parse the list twice:
5630 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
5631 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
5632 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
5633 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
5635 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
5638 * skip "contains"
5640 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
5641 if (*p != '=')
5643 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
5644 break;
5646 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
5647 if (ends_excmd(*p))
5649 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
5650 break;
5654 * parse the arguments after "contains"
5656 count = 0;
5657 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
5659 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
5661 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
5662 if (name == NULL)
5664 failed = TRUE;
5665 break;
5667 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
5668 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
5669 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
5670 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
5671 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
5673 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
5675 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
5676 failed = TRUE;
5677 vim_free(name);
5678 break;
5680 if (count != 0)
5682 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
5683 failed = TRUE;
5684 vim_free(name);
5685 break;
5687 if (name[1] == 'A')
5688 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
5689 else if (name[1] == 'T')
5690 id = SYNID_TOP;
5691 else
5692 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
5693 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
5695 else if (name[1] == '@')
5697 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
5699 else
5702 * Handle full group name.
5704 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
5705 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
5706 else
5709 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
5711 *name = '^';
5712 STRCAT(name, "$");
5713 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
5714 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
5716 failed = TRUE;
5717 vim_free(name);
5718 break;
5721 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
5722 id = 0;
5723 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5725 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
5726 (colnr_T)0))
5728 if (round == 2)
5730 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
5731 * when adding items that match:
5732 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
5733 * Go back to first round */
5734 if (count >= total_count)
5736 vim_free(retval);
5737 round = 1;
5739 else
5740 retval[count] = i + 1;
5742 ++count;
5743 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
5746 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
5749 vim_free(name);
5750 if (id == 0)
5752 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
5753 failed = TRUE;
5754 break;
5756 if (id > 0)
5758 if (round == 2)
5760 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
5761 if (count >= total_count)
5763 vim_free(retval);
5764 round = 1;
5766 else
5767 retval[count] = id;
5769 ++count;
5771 p = skipwhite(end);
5772 if (*p != ',')
5773 break;
5774 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
5776 if (failed)
5777 break;
5778 if (round == 1)
5780 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5781 if (retval == NULL)
5782 break;
5783 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
5784 total_count = count;
5788 *arg = p;
5789 if (failed || retval == NULL)
5791 vim_free(retval);
5792 return FAIL;
5795 if (*list == NULL)
5796 *list = retval;
5797 else
5798 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
5800 return OK;
5804 * Make a copy of an ID list.
5806 static short *
5807 copy_id_list(list)
5808 short *list;
5810 int len;
5811 int count;
5812 short *retval;
5814 if (list == NULL)
5815 return NULL;
5817 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
5819 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
5820 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
5821 if (retval != NULL)
5822 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
5824 return retval;
5828 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
5829 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
5830 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
5831 * the current item.
5832 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
5834 static int
5835 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
5836 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
5837 short *list; /* id list */
5838 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
5839 int contained; /* group id is contained */
5841 int retval;
5842 short *scl_list;
5843 short item;
5844 short id = ssp->id;
5845 static int depth = 0;
5846 int r;
5848 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
5849 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
5850 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
5852 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
5853 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
5854 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
5855 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
5856 --cur_si;
5857 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
5858 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
5859 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
5860 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
5861 return TRUE;
5864 if (list == NULL)
5865 return FALSE;
5868 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
5869 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
5871 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
5872 return !contained;
5875 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
5876 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
5877 * level as the list.
5879 item = *list;
5880 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
5882 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
5884 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
5885 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
5886 return FALSE;
5888 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
5890 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
5891 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
5892 return FALSE;
5894 else
5896 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
5897 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
5898 return FALSE;
5900 item = *++list;
5901 retval = FALSE;
5903 else
5904 retval = TRUE;
5907 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
5909 while (item != 0)
5911 if (item == id)
5912 return retval;
5913 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
5915 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
5916 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
5917 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
5918 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
5920 ++depth;
5921 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
5922 --depth;
5923 if (r)
5924 return retval;
5927 item = *++list;
5929 return !retval;
5932 struct subcommand
5934 char *name; /* subcommand name */
5935 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
5938 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
5940 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
5941 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
5942 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
5943 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
5944 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
5945 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
5946 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
5947 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
5948 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
5949 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
5950 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
5951 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
5952 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
5953 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
5954 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
5955 {"", syn_cmd_list},
5956 {NULL, NULL}
5960 * ":syntax".
5961 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
5962 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
5964 void
5965 ex_syntax(eap)
5966 exarg_T *eap;
5968 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5969 char_u *subcmd_end;
5970 char_u *subcmd_name;
5971 int i;
5973 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
5975 /* isolate subcommand name */
5976 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
5978 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
5979 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
5981 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
5982 ++emsg_skip;
5983 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
5985 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
5987 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
5988 break;
5990 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
5992 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
5993 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
5994 break;
5997 vim_free(subcmd_name);
5998 if (eap->skip)
5999 --emsg_skip;
6004 syntax_present(buf)
6005 buf_T *buf;
6007 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
6008 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
6009 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
6010 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
6013 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
6015 static enum
6017 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
6018 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
6019 } expand_what;
6022 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
6023 * Called when we are done expanding.
6025 void
6026 reset_expand_highlight()
6028 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
6032 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
6033 * as highlight group.
6035 void
6036 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
6037 expand_T *xp;
6038 char_u *arg;
6040 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6041 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6042 include_none = 1;
6046 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
6048 void
6049 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
6050 expand_T *xp;
6051 char_u *arg;
6053 char_u *p;
6055 /* Default: expand subcommands */
6056 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
6057 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
6058 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6059 include_link = 0;
6060 include_default = 0;
6062 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
6063 if (*arg != NUL)
6065 p = skiptowhite(arg);
6066 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
6068 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
6069 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
6070 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6071 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
6072 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
6073 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
6074 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
6075 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
6076 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
6077 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6078 else
6079 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6084 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
6087 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
6088 * expansion.
6090 char_u *
6091 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
6092 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
6093 int idx;
6095 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
6096 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
6097 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
6100 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
6103 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
6106 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state)
6107 win_T *wp;
6108 long lnum;
6109 colnr_T col;
6110 int trans; /* remove transparency */
6111 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
6112 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
6114 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
6115 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
6116 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
6117 || lnum != current_lnum
6118 || col < current_col)
6119 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6121 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state);
6123 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
6126 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
6128 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack.
6129 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack.
6130 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range.
6133 syn_get_stack_item(i)
6134 int i;
6136 if (i >= current_state.ga_len)
6138 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it
6139 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */
6140 invalidate_current_state();
6141 current_col = MAXCOL;
6142 return -1;
6144 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id;
6146 #endif
6148 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
6150 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
6153 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
6154 win_T *wp;
6155 long lnum;
6157 int level = 0;
6158 int i;
6160 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
6161 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
6163 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6165 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
6166 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
6167 ++level;
6169 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
6171 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
6172 if (level < 0)
6173 level = 0;
6175 return level;
6177 #endif
6179 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
6182 /**************************************
6183 * Highlighting stuff *
6184 **************************************/
6187 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
6188 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
6189 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
6190 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
6191 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
6193 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6194 # define CENT(a, b) b
6195 #else
6196 # define CENT(a, b) a
6197 #endif
6198 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
6200 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
6201 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
6202 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6203 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6204 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6205 #endif
6206 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
6207 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6208 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
6209 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
6210 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
6211 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
6212 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6213 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6214 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6215 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6216 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6217 #endif
6218 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6219 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
6220 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
6221 #endif
6222 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6223 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
6224 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
6225 #endif
6226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6227 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
6228 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6229 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
6230 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
6231 #endif
6232 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6233 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
6234 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6235 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6236 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6237 #endif
6238 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6239 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
6240 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
6241 #endif
6242 NULL
6245 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
6247 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6248 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6249 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
6250 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
6251 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6252 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6253 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6254 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6255 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
6256 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
6257 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6258 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
6259 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6260 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
6261 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6262 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6263 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6264 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6265 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
6266 #endif
6267 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6268 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6269 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6270 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
6271 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
6272 #endif
6273 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6274 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6275 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
6276 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6277 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
6278 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
6279 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6280 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6281 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6282 #endif
6283 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6284 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6285 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6286 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6287 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6288 #endif
6289 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6290 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6291 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6292 #endif
6293 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6294 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6295 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
6296 #endif
6297 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6298 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
6299 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
6300 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6301 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6302 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
6303 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
6304 #endif
6305 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6306 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
6307 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
6308 #endif
6309 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6310 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
6311 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
6312 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6313 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
6314 #endif
6315 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6316 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
6317 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
6318 #endif
6319 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6320 "Normal gui=NONE",
6321 #endif
6322 NULL
6325 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
6327 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
6328 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
6329 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
6330 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
6331 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
6332 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6333 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
6334 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
6335 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6336 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6337 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
6338 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
6339 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6340 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
6341 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6342 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
6343 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6344 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
6345 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6346 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6347 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
6348 #endif
6349 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6350 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
6351 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
6352 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6353 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
6354 #endif
6355 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
6356 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6357 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
6358 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
6359 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6360 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6361 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6362 #endif
6363 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6364 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6365 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
6366 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6367 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6368 #endif
6369 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6370 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6371 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6372 #endif
6373 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6374 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6375 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
6376 #endif
6377 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6378 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
6379 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
6380 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
6381 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
6382 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6383 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
6384 #endif
6385 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6386 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6387 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
6388 #endif
6389 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6390 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6391 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
6392 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6393 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
6394 #endif
6395 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6396 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6397 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
6398 #endif
6399 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6400 "Normal gui=NONE",
6401 #endif
6402 NULL
6405 void
6406 init_highlight(both, reset)
6407 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
6408 int reset; /* clear group first */
6410 int i;
6411 char **pp;
6412 static int had_both = FALSE;
6413 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6414 char_u *p;
6417 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
6418 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
6420 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
6421 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
6422 return;
6423 #endif
6426 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
6428 if (both)
6430 had_both = TRUE;
6431 pp = highlight_init_both;
6432 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6433 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6435 else if (!had_both)
6436 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
6437 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
6438 * everything anyway. */
6439 return;
6441 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6442 pp = highlight_init_light;
6443 else
6444 pp = highlight_init_dark;
6445 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6446 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6448 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
6449 * depend on the number of colors available.
6450 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
6451 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears.
6452 * Clear the attributes, needed when changing the t_Co value. */
6453 if (t_colors > 8)
6454 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l'
6455 ? "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=LightGrey"
6456 : "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
6457 else
6459 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse ctermbg=NONE",
6460 FALSE, TRUE);
6461 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6462 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
6465 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6467 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
6469 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
6471 static int recursive = 0;
6473 if (recursive >= 5)
6474 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
6475 else
6477 ++recursive;
6478 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
6479 --recursive;
6482 #endif
6486 * Load color file "name".
6487 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
6490 load_colors(name)
6491 char_u *name;
6493 char_u *buf;
6494 int retval = FAIL;
6495 static int recursive = FALSE;
6497 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
6498 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
6499 * working, thus we should return OK. */
6500 if (recursive)
6501 return OK;
6503 recursive = TRUE;
6504 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
6505 if (buf != NULL)
6507 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
6508 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
6509 vim_free(buf);
6510 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6511 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
6512 #endif
6514 recursive = FALSE;
6516 return retval;
6520 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
6521 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
6522 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
6524 void
6525 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
6526 char_u *line;
6527 int forceit;
6528 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
6530 char_u *name_end;
6531 char_u *p;
6532 char_u *linep;
6533 char_u *key_start;
6534 char_u *arg_start;
6535 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
6536 long i;
6537 int off;
6538 int len;
6539 int attr;
6540 int id;
6541 int idx;
6542 int dodefault = FALSE;
6543 int doclear = FALSE;
6544 int dolink = FALSE;
6545 int error = FALSE;
6546 int color;
6547 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
6548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6549 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
6550 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
6551 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
6552 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
6553 #else
6554 # define is_menu_group 0
6555 # define is_tooltip_group 0
6556 #endif
6559 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
6561 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6563 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
6564 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
6565 highlight_list_one((int)i);
6566 return;
6570 * Isolate the name.
6572 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6573 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6576 * Check for "default" argument.
6578 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
6580 dodefault = TRUE;
6581 line = linep;
6582 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6583 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6587 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
6589 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
6590 doclear = TRUE;
6591 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
6592 dolink = TRUE;
6595 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
6597 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
6599 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6600 if (id == 0)
6601 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
6602 else
6603 highlight_list_one(id);
6604 return;
6608 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
6610 if (dolink)
6612 char_u *from_start = linep;
6613 char_u *from_end;
6614 char_u *to_start;
6615 char_u *to_end;
6616 int from_id;
6617 int to_id;
6619 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
6620 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
6621 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
6623 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
6625 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
6626 from_start);
6627 return;
6630 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
6632 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
6633 return;
6636 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
6637 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
6638 to_id = 0;
6639 else
6640 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
6642 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
6645 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
6646 * for the group, unless '!' is used
6648 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
6649 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
6651 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
6652 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
6654 else
6656 if (!init)
6657 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
6658 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
6659 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6660 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
6661 #endif
6662 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
6666 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
6667 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
6669 return;
6672 if (doclear)
6675 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
6677 line = linep;
6678 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6680 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6681 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
6682 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
6683 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
6684 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
6685 * invalid because they were free'd.
6687 if (gui.in_use)
6689 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
6690 gui_init_tooltip_font();
6691 # endif
6692 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
6693 gui_init_menu_font();
6694 # endif
6696 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
6697 gui_mch_def_colors();
6698 # endif
6699 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6700 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6702 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
6703 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
6705 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
6706 # endif
6707 if (gui.in_use)
6709 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
6710 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
6711 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
6712 # endif
6713 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6714 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
6715 # endif
6717 # endif
6719 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
6720 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
6721 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
6723 #endif
6724 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6725 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
6726 #endif
6727 restore_cterm_colors();
6730 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
6732 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
6733 highlight_clear(idx);
6734 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
6735 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6736 if (gui.in_use)
6737 highlight_gui_started();
6738 #endif
6739 highlight_changed();
6740 redraw_later_clear();
6741 return;
6743 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6744 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6748 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
6750 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6751 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
6752 return;
6753 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
6755 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
6756 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
6757 return;
6759 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
6760 is_normal_group = TRUE;
6761 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6762 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
6763 is_menu_group = TRUE;
6764 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
6765 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
6766 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
6767 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
6768 #endif
6770 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
6771 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
6773 highlight_clear(idx);
6774 if (!doclear)
6775 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
6778 if (!doclear)
6779 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
6781 key_start = linep;
6782 if (*linep == '=')
6784 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6785 error = TRUE;
6786 break;
6790 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
6791 * "guibg").
6793 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
6794 ++linep;
6795 vim_free(key);
6796 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
6797 if (key == NULL)
6799 error = TRUE;
6800 break;
6802 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6804 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
6806 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
6808 if (!init)
6809 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
6810 highlight_clear(idx);
6812 continue;
6816 * Check for the equal sign.
6818 if (*linep != '=')
6820 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6821 error = TRUE;
6822 break;
6824 ++linep;
6827 * Isolate the argument.
6829 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6830 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
6832 arg_start = ++linep;
6833 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
6834 if (linep == NULL)
6836 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
6837 error = TRUE;
6838 break;
6841 else
6843 arg_start = linep;
6844 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
6846 if (linep == arg_start)
6848 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
6849 error = TRUE;
6850 break;
6852 vim_free(arg);
6853 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
6854 if (arg == NULL)
6856 error = TRUE;
6857 break;
6859 if (*linep == '\'')
6860 ++linep;
6863 * Store the argument.
6865 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
6866 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
6867 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
6869 attr = 0;
6870 off = 0;
6871 while (arg[off] != NUL)
6873 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
6875 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
6876 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
6878 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
6879 off += len;
6880 break;
6883 if (i < 0)
6885 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
6886 error = TRUE;
6887 break;
6889 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
6890 ++off;
6892 if (error)
6893 break;
6894 if (*key == 'T')
6896 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
6898 if (!init)
6899 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
6900 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
6903 else if (*key == 'C')
6905 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6907 if (!init)
6908 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6909 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
6910 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6913 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6914 else
6916 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
6918 if (!init)
6919 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
6920 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
6923 #endif
6925 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
6927 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
6928 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6929 if (!gui.shell_created)
6931 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
6932 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6933 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6935 else
6937 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
6938 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6939 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
6940 # endif
6941 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
6942 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
6943 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
6944 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
6947 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
6948 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6949 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
6950 # endif
6951 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
6952 is_tooltip_group);
6954 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6955 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
6957 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6958 * one.
6960 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
6961 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6962 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6964 else
6965 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
6966 # endif
6967 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
6969 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6970 * one.
6972 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
6973 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6974 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6976 else
6977 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
6979 #endif
6981 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
6983 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6985 if (!init)
6986 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6988 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
6989 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
6990 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
6992 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
6993 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6996 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
6997 color = atoi((char *)arg);
6998 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
7000 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
7001 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
7002 else
7004 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
7005 error = TRUE;
7006 break;
7009 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
7011 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
7012 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
7013 else
7015 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
7016 error = TRUE;
7017 break;
7020 else
7022 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
7023 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
7024 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
7025 "Gray", "Grey",
7026 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
7027 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
7028 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
7029 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
7030 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
7031 4, 5, 6, 6,
7032 7, 7,
7033 7, 7, 8, 8,
7034 9, 9, 10, 10,
7035 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
7036 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
7037 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
7038 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7039 1, 5, 32, 72,
7040 84, 84,
7041 7, 7, 82, 82,
7042 12, 43, 10, 61,
7043 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
7044 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
7045 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
7046 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7047 1, 5, 130, 130,
7048 248, 248,
7049 7, 7, 242, 242,
7050 12, 81, 10, 121,
7051 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
7052 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
7053 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
7054 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7055 1, 5, 3, 3,
7056 7, 7,
7057 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
7058 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
7059 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
7060 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
7061 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7062 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
7063 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
7064 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
7065 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
7066 #endif
7068 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
7069 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
7070 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
7071 if (off == color_names[i][0]
7072 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
7073 break;
7074 if (i < 0)
7076 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
7077 error = TRUE;
7078 break;
7081 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
7082 color = color_numbers_16[i];
7083 if (color >= 0)
7085 if (t_colors == 8)
7087 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
7088 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7089 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
7090 #else
7091 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7092 #endif
7093 if (key[5] == 'F')
7095 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
7096 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
7097 if (color & 8)
7099 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
7100 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
7102 else
7103 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
7105 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
7107 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
7108 || t_colors == 256)
7111 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
7112 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
7113 * order for colors.
7115 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
7116 p = T_CAF;
7117 else
7118 p = T_CSF;
7119 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
7120 switch (t_colors)
7122 case 16:
7123 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7124 break;
7125 case 88:
7126 color = color_numbers_88[i];
7127 break;
7128 case 256:
7129 color = color_numbers_256[i];
7130 break;
7135 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
7136 if (key[5] == 'F')
7138 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
7139 if (is_normal_group)
7141 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
7142 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
7143 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7144 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
7145 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7146 #endif
7148 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7149 if (termcap_active)
7150 term_fg_color(color);
7154 else
7156 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
7157 if (is_normal_group)
7159 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
7160 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7161 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
7162 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7163 #endif
7165 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7166 if (termcap_active)
7167 term_bg_color(color);
7168 if (t_colors < 16)
7169 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
7170 else
7171 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
7172 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
7173 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
7174 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
7175 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
7181 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
7183 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
7184 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7186 if (!init)
7187 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7189 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7190 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7192 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
7193 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7194 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
7195 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7196 else
7197 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7198 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7199 if (is_menu_group)
7200 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
7201 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7202 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
7203 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7204 if (is_tooltip_group)
7205 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
7206 # endif
7207 do_colors = TRUE;
7208 # endif
7211 #endif
7213 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
7215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
7216 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7218 if (!init)
7219 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7221 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7222 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7224 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
7225 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7226 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7227 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7228 else
7229 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7230 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7231 if (is_menu_group)
7232 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
7233 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7234 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
7235 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7236 if (is_tooltip_group)
7237 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
7238 # endif
7239 do_colors = TRUE;
7240 # endif
7243 #endif
7245 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
7247 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
7248 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7250 if (!init)
7251 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7253 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7254 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7256 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
7257 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7258 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7259 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7260 else
7261 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7264 #endif
7266 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
7268 char_u buf[100];
7269 char_u *tname;
7271 if (!init)
7272 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
7275 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
7276 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
7278 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
7280 off = 0;
7281 buf[0] = 0;
7282 while (arg[off] != NUL)
7284 /* Isolate one termcap name */
7285 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
7286 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
7288 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
7289 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
7291 error = TRUE;
7292 break;
7294 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
7295 p = get_term_code(tname);
7296 vim_free(tname);
7297 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
7298 p = (char_u *)"";
7300 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
7301 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
7303 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
7304 error = TRUE;
7305 break;
7307 STRCAT(buf, p);
7309 /* Advance to the next item */
7310 off += len;
7311 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
7312 ++off;
7315 else
7318 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
7320 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
7322 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
7323 if (len) /* recognized special char */
7324 off += len;
7325 else /* copy as normal char */
7326 buf[off++] = *p++;
7328 buf[off] = NUL;
7330 if (error)
7331 break;
7333 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
7334 p = NULL;
7335 else
7336 p = vim_strsave(buf);
7337 if (key[2] == 'A')
7339 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7340 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
7342 else
7344 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7345 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
7348 else
7350 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
7351 error = TRUE;
7352 break;
7356 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
7358 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
7359 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
7362 * Continue with next argument.
7364 linep = skipwhite(linep);
7368 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
7370 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
7371 syn_unadd_group();
7372 else
7374 if (is_normal_group)
7376 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7377 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7378 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7379 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7381 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
7382 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
7384 if (gui.in_use)
7385 highlight_gui_started();
7386 #endif
7388 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7389 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7390 else if (is_menu_group)
7392 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7393 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7395 # endif
7396 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
7398 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7399 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7401 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7402 else if (is_tooltip_group)
7404 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7405 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7407 # endif
7408 #endif
7409 else
7410 set_hl_attr(idx);
7411 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7412 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
7413 #endif
7414 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
7416 vim_free(key);
7417 vim_free(arg);
7419 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
7420 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
7423 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
7424 void
7425 free_highlight()
7427 int i;
7429 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7431 highlight_clear(i);
7432 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
7433 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
7435 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
7437 #endif
7440 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
7441 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
7443 void
7444 restore_cterm_colors()
7446 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
7447 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
7448 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
7449 * background/foreground colors. */
7450 mch_set_normal_colors();
7451 #else
7452 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
7453 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
7454 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
7455 #endif
7459 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
7460 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
7462 static int
7463 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
7464 int idx;
7465 int check_link;
7467 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
7468 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
7469 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7470 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
7471 #endif
7472 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
7476 * Clear highlighting for one group.
7478 static void
7479 highlight_clear(idx)
7480 int idx;
7482 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
7483 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7484 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
7485 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7486 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
7487 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7488 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
7489 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
7490 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
7491 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
7492 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7493 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
7494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
7495 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
7496 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7497 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7498 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
7499 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7500 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7501 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
7502 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7503 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7504 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
7505 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
7506 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7507 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
7508 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
7509 # endif
7510 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
7511 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
7512 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7513 #endif
7514 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7515 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
7516 * cleared. */
7517 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
7518 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
7519 #endif
7522 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
7524 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
7525 * highlighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
7526 * "Tooltip" colors.
7528 void
7529 set_normal_colors()
7531 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
7532 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
7533 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
7535 gui_mch_new_colors();
7536 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7538 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7539 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
7540 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
7541 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
7543 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7544 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7545 # endif
7546 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7548 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7549 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
7550 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
7551 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
7553 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
7554 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7555 # endif
7556 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7558 #endif
7559 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
7560 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
7561 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
7563 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7564 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7566 #endif
7570 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
7572 static int
7573 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
7574 char_u *name;
7575 guicolor_T *fgp;
7576 guicolor_T *bgp;
7577 int do_menu;
7578 int use_norm;
7579 int do_tooltip;
7581 int idx;
7583 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
7584 if (idx >= 0)
7586 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
7588 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
7589 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
7590 else if (use_norm)
7591 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
7592 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
7593 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
7594 else if (use_norm)
7595 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
7596 return TRUE;
7598 return FALSE;
7602 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
7603 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
7605 char_u *
7606 hl_get_font_name()
7608 int id;
7609 char_u *s;
7611 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7612 if (id > 0)
7614 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
7615 if (s != NULL)
7616 return s;
7618 return (char_u *)"";
7622 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
7623 * actually chosen to be used.
7625 void
7626 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
7627 char_u *font_name;
7629 int id;
7631 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7632 if (id > 0)
7634 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
7635 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
7640 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
7641 * when the color is known.
7643 void
7644 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
7645 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7647 int id;
7649 if (name != NULL)
7651 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7652 if (id > 0)
7654 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
7655 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
7661 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
7662 * when the color is known.
7664 void
7665 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
7666 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7668 int id;
7670 if (name != NULL)
7672 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7673 if (id > 0)
7675 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
7676 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
7682 * Return the handle for a color name.
7683 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
7685 static guicolor_T
7686 color_name2handle(name)
7687 char_u *name;
7689 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7690 return INVALCOLOR;
7692 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
7693 return gui.norm_pixel;
7694 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
7695 return gui.back_pixel;
7697 return gui_get_color(name);
7701 * Return the handle for a font name.
7702 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
7704 static GuiFont
7705 font_name2handle(name)
7706 char_u *name;
7708 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7709 return NOFONT;
7711 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
7714 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7716 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
7717 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
7719 static GuiFontset
7720 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
7721 char_u *name;
7722 int fixed_width;
7724 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7725 return NOFONTSET;
7727 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
7729 # endif
7732 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
7734 static void
7735 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
7736 int idx;
7737 char_u *arg;
7738 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
7739 int do_menu UNUSED; /* set menu font */
7740 int do_tooltip UNUSED; /* set tooltip font */
7742 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7743 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
7744 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
7745 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
7746 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7747 || do_menu
7748 # endif
7749 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7750 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
7751 || do_tooltip
7752 # endif
7754 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
7755 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7756 || do_menu
7757 # endif
7758 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7759 || do_tooltip
7760 # endif
7762 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
7764 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7765 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
7766 if (do_normal)
7767 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
7768 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7769 if (do_menu)
7771 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7772 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7773 # else
7774 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
7775 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7776 # endif
7777 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7779 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7780 if (do_tooltip)
7782 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
7783 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
7784 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
7785 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
7786 * XFontStruct is used.
7788 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7789 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
7791 # endif
7792 # endif
7794 else
7795 # endif
7797 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
7798 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7799 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
7800 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
7802 if (do_normal)
7803 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
7804 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7805 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7806 if (do_menu)
7808 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
7809 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7811 # endif
7812 #endif
7817 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
7820 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
7821 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
7822 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
7824 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7826 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7828 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7830 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7832 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7833 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7835 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7836 #endif
7839 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
7840 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
7841 * if the combination is new.
7842 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
7844 static int
7845 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
7846 garray_T *table;
7847 attrentry_T *aep;
7849 int i;
7850 attrentry_T *taep;
7851 static int recursive = FALSE;
7854 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
7856 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
7857 table->ga_growsize = 7;
7860 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
7862 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
7864 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
7865 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
7866 && (
7867 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7868 (table == &gui_attr_table
7869 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
7870 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7871 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7872 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7873 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7874 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
7875 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7876 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
7877 # endif
7880 #endif
7881 (table == &term_attr_table
7882 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7883 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7884 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
7885 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
7886 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
7887 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7888 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7889 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
7890 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
7891 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
7892 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
7893 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7894 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7895 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
7896 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
7899 return i + ATTR_OFF;
7902 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
7905 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
7906 * compute new ones for all groups.
7907 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
7909 if (recursive)
7911 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
7912 return 0;
7914 recursive = TRUE;
7916 clear_hl_tables();
7918 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7920 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7921 set_hl_attr(i);
7923 recursive = FALSE;
7927 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
7929 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
7930 return 0;
7932 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
7933 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
7934 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
7935 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7936 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
7938 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
7939 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
7940 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
7941 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
7942 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7943 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
7944 # endif
7946 #endif
7947 if (table == &term_attr_table)
7949 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7950 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
7951 else
7952 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
7953 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7954 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
7955 else
7956 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
7958 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
7960 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
7961 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
7963 ++table->ga_len;
7964 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
7968 * Clear all highlight tables.
7970 void
7971 clear_hl_tables()
7973 int i;
7974 attrentry_T *taep;
7976 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7977 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
7978 #endif
7979 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
7981 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
7982 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
7983 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
7985 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
7986 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
7989 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
7991 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
7992 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
7993 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
7994 * This creates a new group when required.
7995 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
7996 * result.
7997 * Return the resulting attributes.
8000 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
8001 int char_attr;
8002 int prim_attr;
8004 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
8005 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
8006 attrentry_T new_en;
8008 if (char_attr == 0)
8009 return prim_attr;
8010 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8011 return char_attr | prim_attr;
8012 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8013 if (gui.in_use)
8015 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8016 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
8017 if (char_aep != NULL)
8018 new_en = *char_aep;
8019 else
8021 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8022 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8023 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8024 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
8025 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8026 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8029 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8030 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8031 else
8033 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8034 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8036 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8037 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8038 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
8039 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8040 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
8041 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
8042 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
8043 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
8044 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
8045 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8046 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
8047 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
8048 # endif
8051 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
8053 #endif
8055 if (t_colors > 1)
8057 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8058 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
8059 if (char_aep != NULL)
8060 new_en = *char_aep;
8061 else
8063 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8064 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8065 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8068 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8069 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8070 else
8072 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8073 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8075 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8076 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
8077 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
8078 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
8079 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
8082 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
8085 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8086 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
8087 if (char_aep != NULL)
8088 new_en = *char_aep;
8089 else
8091 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8092 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8093 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8096 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8097 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8098 else
8100 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8101 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8103 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8104 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
8106 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
8107 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
8111 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
8113 #endif
8115 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8117 attrentry_T *
8118 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
8119 int attr;
8121 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8122 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8123 return NULL;
8124 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8126 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
8129 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
8130 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
8133 syn_attr2attr(attr)
8134 int attr;
8136 attrentry_T *aep;
8138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8139 if (gui.in_use)
8140 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
8141 else
8142 #endif
8143 if (t_colors > 1)
8144 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
8145 else
8146 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
8148 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
8149 return 0;
8150 return aep->ae_attr;
8154 attrentry_T *
8155 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
8156 int attr;
8158 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8159 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8160 return NULL;
8161 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8164 attrentry_T *
8165 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
8166 int attr;
8168 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8169 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8170 return NULL;
8171 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8174 #define LIST_ATTR 1
8175 #define LIST_STRING 2
8176 #define LIST_INT 3
8178 static void
8179 highlight_list_one(id)
8180 int id;
8182 struct hl_group *sgp;
8183 int didh = FALSE;
8185 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8187 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8188 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
8189 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8190 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
8191 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8192 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
8194 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8195 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
8196 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8197 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
8198 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8199 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
8201 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8202 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8203 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
8204 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8205 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
8206 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8207 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
8208 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8209 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
8210 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8211 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
8212 #endif
8214 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
8216 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
8217 didh = TRUE;
8218 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8219 msg_putchar(' ');
8220 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
8223 if (!didh)
8224 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
8225 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8226 if (p_verbose > 0)
8227 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
8228 #endif
8231 static int
8232 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
8233 int id;
8234 int didh;
8235 int type;
8236 int iarg;
8237 char_u *sarg;
8238 char *name;
8240 char_u buf[100];
8241 char_u *ts;
8242 int i;
8244 if (got_int)
8245 return FALSE;
8246 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
8248 ts = buf;
8249 if (type == LIST_INT)
8250 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
8251 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
8252 ts = sarg;
8253 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
8255 buf[0] = NUL;
8256 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
8258 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
8260 if (buf[0] != NUL)
8261 STRCAT(buf, ",");
8262 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
8263 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
8268 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
8269 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
8270 didh = TRUE;
8271 if (!got_int)
8273 if (*name != NUL)
8275 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
8276 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8278 msg_outtrans(ts);
8281 return didh;
8284 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
8286 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
8287 * Return NULL otherwise.
8289 char_u *
8290 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
8291 int id;
8292 int flag;
8293 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8295 int attr;
8297 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8298 return NULL;
8300 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8301 if (modec == 'g')
8302 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
8303 else
8304 #endif
8305 if (modec == 'c')
8306 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
8307 else
8308 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
8310 if (attr & flag)
8311 return (char_u *)"1";
8312 return NULL;
8314 #endif
8316 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
8318 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
8320 char_u *
8321 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
8322 int id;
8323 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
8324 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8326 static char_u name[20];
8327 int n;
8328 int fg = FALSE;
8329 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8330 int sp = FALSE;
8331 # endif
8333 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8334 return NULL;
8336 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
8337 fg = TRUE;
8338 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8339 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
8340 sp = TRUE;
8341 if (modec == 'g')
8343 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
8344 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
8346 guicolor_T color;
8347 long_u rgb;
8348 static char_u buf[10];
8350 if (fg)
8351 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8352 else if (sp)
8353 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
8354 else
8355 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8356 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8357 return NULL;
8358 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8359 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
8360 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
8361 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
8362 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
8363 return buf;
8365 if (fg)
8366 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
8367 if (sp)
8368 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
8369 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
8371 # endif
8372 if (modec == 'c')
8374 if (fg)
8375 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
8376 else
8377 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
8378 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
8379 return name;
8381 /* term doesn't have color */
8382 return NULL;
8384 #endif
8386 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
8387 || defined(PROTO)
8389 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
8391 long_u
8392 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
8393 int id;
8394 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
8396 guicolor_T color;
8398 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8399 return 0L;
8401 if (fg)
8402 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8403 else
8404 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8406 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8407 return 0L;
8409 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8411 #endif
8414 * Output the syntax list header.
8415 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
8417 static int
8418 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
8419 int did_header; /* did header already */
8420 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
8421 int id; /* highlight group id */
8423 int endcol = 19;
8424 int newline = TRUE;
8426 if (!did_header)
8428 msg_putchar('\n');
8429 if (got_int)
8430 return TRUE;
8431 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
8432 endcol = 15;
8434 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
8436 msg_putchar('\n');
8437 if (got_int)
8438 return TRUE;
8440 else
8442 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
8443 newline = FALSE;
8446 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
8447 endcol = msg_col + 1;
8448 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
8449 endcol = Columns - 1;
8451 msg_advance(endcol);
8453 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
8454 if (!did_header)
8456 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
8457 msg_putchar(' ');
8460 return newline;
8464 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
8465 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
8467 static void
8468 set_hl_attr(idx)
8469 int idx; /* index in array */
8471 attrentry_T at_en;
8472 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
8474 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
8475 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
8476 return;
8478 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8480 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8481 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8483 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
8484 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
8485 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
8486 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
8487 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8488 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
8489 # endif
8492 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8494 else
8496 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8497 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8498 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8499 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
8500 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
8501 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8502 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
8503 # endif
8504 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
8506 #endif
8508 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8509 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8511 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
8512 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8513 else
8515 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8516 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
8517 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
8518 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
8522 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
8523 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8525 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
8526 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8527 else
8529 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8530 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
8531 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
8532 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
8537 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
8538 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
8541 syn_name2id(name)
8542 char_u *name;
8544 int i;
8545 char_u name_u[200];
8547 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
8548 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
8549 * don't deserve to be found! */
8550 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
8551 vim_strup(name_u);
8552 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
8553 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
8554 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
8555 break;
8556 return i + 1;
8559 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8561 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
8564 highlight_exists(name)
8565 char_u *name;
8567 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
8570 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
8572 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
8573 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
8575 char_u *
8576 syn_id2name(id)
8577 int id;
8579 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8580 return (char_u *)"";
8581 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
8583 # endif
8584 #endif
8587 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
8590 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
8591 char_u *linep;
8592 int len;
8594 char_u *name;
8595 int id = 0;
8597 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
8598 if (name != NULL)
8600 id = syn_name2id(name);
8601 vim_free(name);
8603 return id;
8607 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
8608 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
8609 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
8610 * Return 0 for failure.
8613 syn_check_group(pp, len)
8614 char_u *pp;
8615 int len;
8617 int id;
8618 char_u *name;
8620 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
8621 if (name == NULL)
8622 return 0;
8624 id = syn_name2id(name);
8625 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
8626 id = syn_add_group(name);
8627 else
8628 vim_free(name);
8629 return id;
8633 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
8634 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
8635 * Return 0 for failure.
8637 static int
8638 syn_add_group(name)
8639 char_u *name;
8641 char_u *p;
8643 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
8644 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
8646 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
8648 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
8649 vim_free(name);
8650 return 0;
8652 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
8654 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
8655 * give a warning. */
8656 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
8657 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
8658 break;
8663 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
8665 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
8667 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
8668 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
8672 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
8674 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
8676 vim_free(name);
8677 return 0;
8680 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8681 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
8682 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
8683 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8684 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
8685 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
8686 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
8687 #endif
8688 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
8690 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
8694 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
8695 * function deletes the new name.
8697 static void
8698 syn_unadd_group()
8700 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
8701 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
8702 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
8706 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
8709 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
8710 int hl_id;
8712 int attr;
8713 struct hl_group *sgp;
8715 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8716 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8718 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8720 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
8722 if (gui.in_use)
8723 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
8724 else
8725 #endif
8726 if (t_colors > 1)
8727 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
8728 else
8729 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
8731 return attr;
8734 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8736 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
8737 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
8740 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
8741 int hl_id;
8742 guicolor_T *fgp;
8743 guicolor_T *bgp;
8745 struct hl_group *sgp;
8747 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8748 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8750 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8751 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8752 return sgp->sg_gui;
8754 #endif
8757 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
8760 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
8761 int hl_id;
8763 int count;
8764 struct hl_group *sgp;
8766 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
8767 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
8770 * Follow links until there is no more.
8771 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
8773 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
8775 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8776 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8777 break;
8778 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
8781 return hl_id;
8784 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8786 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
8787 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
8789 void
8790 highlight_gui_started()
8792 int idx;
8794 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
8795 set_normal_colors();
8797 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
8798 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
8800 highlight_changed();
8803 static void
8804 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
8805 int idx;
8806 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
8807 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
8809 int didit = FALSE;
8811 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
8813 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
8814 do_tooltip);
8815 didit = TRUE;
8817 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
8819 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
8820 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
8821 didit = TRUE;
8823 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
8825 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
8826 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
8827 didit = TRUE;
8829 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
8831 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
8832 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
8833 didit = TRUE;
8835 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
8836 set_hl_attr(idx);
8839 #endif
8842 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
8843 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
8844 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
8845 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
8846 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
8847 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
8850 highlight_changed()
8852 int hlf;
8853 int i;
8854 char_u *p;
8855 int attr;
8856 char_u *end;
8857 int id;
8858 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8859 char_u userhl[10];
8860 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8861 int id_SNC = -1;
8862 int id_S = -1;
8863 int hlcnt;
8864 # endif
8865 #endif
8866 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
8868 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
8871 * Clear all attributes.
8873 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8874 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
8877 * First set all attributes to their default value.
8878 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
8880 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8882 if (i)
8883 p = p_hl;
8884 else
8885 p = get_highlight_default();
8886 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
8887 continue;
8889 while (*p)
8891 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8892 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
8893 break;
8894 ++p;
8895 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
8896 return FAIL;
8899 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
8900 * bold-underlined.
8902 attr = 0;
8903 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
8905 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
8906 continue;
8908 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
8909 return FAIL;
8911 switch (*p)
8913 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
8914 break;
8915 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
8916 break;
8917 case '-':
8918 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
8919 break;
8920 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
8921 break;
8922 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
8923 break;
8924 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
8925 break;
8926 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
8927 break;
8928 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
8929 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
8930 return FAIL;
8931 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
8932 if (end == NULL)
8933 end = p + STRLEN(p);
8934 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
8935 if (id == 0)
8936 return FAIL;
8937 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
8938 p = end - 1;
8939 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
8940 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
8941 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
8942 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
8943 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
8944 #endif
8945 break;
8946 default: return FAIL;
8949 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
8951 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
8955 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8956 /* Setup the user highlights
8958 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
8959 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
8961 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8962 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
8963 return FAIL;
8964 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
8965 if (id_S == 0)
8966 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
8967 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8968 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
8969 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
8971 # endif
8972 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
8974 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
8975 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
8976 if (id == 0)
8978 highlight_user[i] = 0;
8979 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8980 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
8981 # endif
8983 else
8985 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8986 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
8987 # endif
8989 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
8990 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8991 if (id_SNC == 0)
8993 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8994 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8995 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8996 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8997 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8998 # endif
9000 else
9001 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
9002 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
9003 sizeof(struct hl_group));
9004 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
9006 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
9007 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
9008 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
9009 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
9010 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
9011 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
9012 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
9013 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
9014 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
9015 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
9016 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
9017 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
9018 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
9019 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9020 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
9021 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
9022 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
9023 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
9024 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
9025 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
9026 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
9027 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
9028 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
9029 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
9030 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9031 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
9032 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
9033 # endif
9034 # endif
9035 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
9036 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
9037 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
9038 # endif
9041 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9042 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
9043 # endif
9045 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
9047 return OK;
9050 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9052 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
9053 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
9056 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
9058 void
9059 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
9060 expand_T *xp;
9061 char_u *arg;
9063 char_u *p;
9065 /* Default: expand group names */
9066 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
9067 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9068 include_link = 2;
9069 include_default = 1;
9071 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
9072 if (*arg != NUL)
9074 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9075 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
9077 include_default = 0;
9078 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9080 arg = skipwhite(p);
9081 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9082 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9084 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
9086 include_link = 0;
9087 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
9088 highlight_list();
9089 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
9090 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9092 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9093 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9094 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
9096 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9097 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9100 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
9101 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
9108 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
9110 static void
9111 highlight_list()
9113 int i;
9115 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
9116 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
9117 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
9118 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
9121 static void
9122 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
9123 int cnt;
9124 int attr;
9126 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
9127 msg_clr_eos();
9128 out_flush();
9129 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
9132 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
9134 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
9135 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
9137 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
9138 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
9140 char_u *
9141 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
9142 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
9143 int idx;
9145 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
9146 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
9147 return (char_u *)"none";
9148 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
9149 return (char_u *)"default";
9150 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
9151 && include_link != 0)
9152 return (char_u *)"link";
9153 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
9154 && include_link != 0)
9155 return (char_u *)"clear";
9156 #endif
9157 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
9158 return NULL;
9159 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
9161 #endif
9163 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
9165 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
9166 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
9168 void
9169 free_highlight_fonts()
9171 int idx;
9173 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
9175 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
9176 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
9177 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9178 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
9179 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
9180 # endif
9183 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
9184 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9185 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
9186 # endif
9187 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
9188 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
9189 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
9190 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
9191 # endif
9193 #endif
9195 /**************************************
9196 * End of Highlighting stuff *
9197 **************************************/